波逸提释显示巴利原文
Pācittiyavaṇṇanā
5. 波逸提篇显示巴利原文
5. Pācittiyakaṇḍo
一、妄语品显示巴利原文
1. Musāvādavaggo
1. 妄语学处释显示巴利原文
1. Musāvādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
1 “所谓辩论”者:此处应知,不别立分际而总说以辩论、诤论、伺察为相的三种论道,皆称作“辩论”。其中,由“与外道共”一语,除却与外道的辩论后,称其余的为“残余”。由于对六生处及破斥处的善巧不足,有时于某处未解而承认,如先前承认了某种说法,之后又不知而否认,或以其他方式,用一者来掩盖另一者。如此而行,领受故意妄语,否定真实,作虚假约定,行欺诳者,彼即作为辩论者,在游方中成就巴吉帝亚之事,应如此理解其中的意趣。此处,“自己的立论”,例如“诸法无我”(法句279等),此是立于自己论说之初。“凡是苦即是无我”(相应部3.15),此时机并不相合。因为说“诸法”时,涅槃亦被包含在内。然而,由于说“涅槃是极乐”(法句203等),故涅槃非苦。这个道理不成其过。当那位异论者出示“凡是苦即是无我”的经典,歪曲其决定之说,企图加之以“相违、矛盾”的过失时,对于彼初论的任何过失,无论已被加诸还是未被加诸,他都不知“这不是我的论说”,而见到“涅槃实为常住”与“无我是决定”的经典,审察彼初论之无过,随后便承认:“这正是我的论说。”如是,观察如所说之利益而承认。显示巴利原文
1.Vādakkhittoti ettha avisesena vādajappavitaṇḍasaṅkhāto tividhopi kathāmaggo ‘‘vādo’’ icceva vuttoti veditabbo. Tesu ‘‘titthiyehi saddhi’’nti vacanato ṭhapetvā vādaṃ ‘‘sesā’’ti vadanti. Chalajātiniggahaṭṭhānakusalatāya kadāci katthaci avajānitvā paṭijānāti, tathā pubbe kiñci vacanaṃ paṭijānitvā pacchā avajānāti. Evaṃ vā aññathā vā aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati. Evaṃ pavatto sampajānamusā bhāsaṃ paṭissuṇitvā asaccāyanto saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādento evaṃ so vādakkhitto samāno pācittiyavatthuñca paripūrento vicaratīti evamadhippāyo veditabbo. Attano vādeti ettha ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti (dha. pa. 279; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 7; netti. 5; mahāni. 27) paṭhamamāraddhe attano vāde. ‘‘Yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.15) no samayo. ‘‘Sabbe dhammā’’ti vutte nibbānampi saṅgahaṃ gacchati. ‘‘Nibbānaṃ paramaṃ sukha’’nti (dha. pa. 203-204; ma. ni. 2.215) vuttattā pana taṃ na dukkhaṃ. No ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Ayaṃ paravādī ‘‘yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattā’’ti suttaṃ dassetvā siddhantaṃ sambhametvā ‘‘virodhi viruddho’’ti vuttaṃ dosaṃ āropessatīti tasmiṃ paṭhamavāde kañci dosaṃ sallakkhento āropite vā dose anāropite vā ‘‘nāyaṃ mama vādo’’ti taṃ avajānitvā ‘‘nibbānantveva sassata’’nti, ‘‘anattā iti nicchayā’’ti ca suttaṃ disvā tassa paṭhamavādassa niddosataṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘mameva ayaṃ vādo’’ti tameva pacchā paṭijānāti. Evaṃ tattha yathāvuttamānisaṃsaṃ sallakkhento taṃ paṭijānitvā yadi anattā sabbe dhammā, dhammā eva na te bhavanti. Sabhāvaṃ dhārentīti hi ‘‘dhammā’’ti vuccanti.
而且,此处的“我”字是表示“自性”之意。他如此思量后,不论过失是被加于其上或未被加于其上,都说:“这不是我的论说”,从而在之后否定了那先前的一论。那时,那位论敌在破除己方主张时,以承认的方式进行反驳。由于他说“他承认”,故说:“你的那个反驳,名为‘承认即他’。”针对那超出真实自性的意义,怀有否定的意图,他针对那仅是愚者所虚构、超出真实自性的东西,说“诸法无我”是我所承认的说法,而那个说法正安住于那种状态,因此并不存在对我所承认之说的反驳。然而,说“这不是我的论说”而加以否定,是出于这样的意图:针对被称为自性的“我”,我不说“诸法无我”。他以此另一理由,掩盖了先前对彼所承认之说进行反驳的那一理由。不应说“一切诸法无我”,因为“‘我’字是表示自性之意”,他以此理由,进行了对先前所承认之说的反驳。其意图是:他以之后展示的另一理由,掩盖了那另一理由。显示巴利原文
Ayañca atta-saddo sabhāvavācīti evaṃ āropite vā dose anāropite vā dosoti sallakkhetvā ‘‘nāyaṃ mama vādo’’ti tameva paṭhamavādaṃ pacchā avajānāti. Atha so paravādī sapakkhaṃ paṭisedhe paṭijānanattāpanayanaṃ . Paṭijānāti patyāssa iti vacanato ‘‘paṭiññā aññā so nāma te niggaho’’ti vutto. Sabhāvātirittaṃ atthaṃ paṭisedhādhippāyato sabhāvato atirittaṃ bālaparikappitamattānaṃ sandhāya ‘‘anattā sabbe dhammā’’ti me paṭiññātakathā, sā ca tadavatthāyevāti na me taṃ paṭiññātattāpanayanaṃ atthi, ‘‘nāyaṃ mama vādo’’ti avajānanaṃ pana sabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ attānaṃ sandhāya ‘‘anattā sabbe dhammā’’ti na vadāmīti adhippāyena katanti iminā aññena kāraṇena taṃ pubbe paṭiññātattāpanayanaṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭicchādeti. ‘‘Anattā sabbeva dhammā’’ti na vattabbaṃ ‘‘atta-saddassa sabhāvavācittā’’ti idaṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭicca tena pubbe paṭiññātattāpanayanaṃ kataṃ. Tamaññakāraṇaṃ pacchā dassitena aññena kāraṇena paṭicchādetīti adhippāyo.
由于他不仅依照所示之理路否认其意义,并且又能承认,更涉及言辞本身,因此在这部注疏中,先说了“从所知故”作为第一个理由。当异论者说:“若从所知故为无常,那么你的涅槃也应是无常了。”他便说:“我并非以‘从所知故’为理由,而是以‘从生法故’。这是因为你愚钝聋聩,而以另一理由来观察。”等等话语,即是在阐明这一意趣。因此说到:说“从所知故”之后,又说“从生法故”等等。“不知而又承认,以此掩盖彼不知,这便名为掩盖”,如此有记载。显示巴利原文
Yasmā na kevalaṃ yathādassitanayena so atthameva avajānāti, paṭijānāti ca, kintu vacanampi, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pāci. aṭṭha. 1) ‘‘jānitabbato’’ti paṭhamaṃ kāraṇaṃ vatvā paravādinā ‘‘yadi jānitabbato aniccaṃ, nibbānaṃ te aniccaṃ siyā’’ti vutte ‘‘na mayā ‘jānitabbato’ti kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ, ‘jātidhammato’ti mayā vuttaṃ, taṃ tayā badhiratāya aññena sallakkhitantiādīni vadatīti adhippāyo. ‘Jānitabbato’ti vatvā puna ‘jātidhammato’tiādīni vadatī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Avajānitvā puna paṭijānanto taṃ avajānanaṃ iminā paṭicchādeti nāmā’’ti likhitaṃ.
2 二、“已知与知者”,即“已知”或“知者”,阐明两种含义。显示巴利原文
2.Jānitvā jānantassa cāti jānitvā vā jānantassa vāti atthadvayaṃ dīpetīti.
3 三、“属于妄语”者,即属于四种妄语。有说:“属于锡兰语等名称的差别”,故如此说时,言辞与发起该言辞之思,二者均被说示,因为在母题中二者皆被涵盖。在《分别》中,由于若无表业则无此言辞,故也显示了“语表”。以世间通称说“如此说者之言辞”后,依胜义显示“发起该言辞之思”,也这样说明。所谓“唯以粗显”,是因为思之生起与语之微细,唯依所缘而作。显示巴利原文
3. Apica micchāvācāpariyāpannāti catubbidhamicchāvācāpariyāpannā. Sīhaḷādināmabhedagatāti keci, tasmā evaṃ vadato vacanaṃ, taṃsamuṭṭhāpikā cetanāti ubhayaṃ vuttanti mātikāyaṃ ubhinnaṃ saṅgahitattā. Vibhaṅge taṃ vacanaṃ yasmā vinā viññattiyā natthi, tasmā ‘‘vācasikā viññattī’’ti viññatti ca dassitā. ‘‘Evaṃ vadato vacana’’nti lokavohārena vatvā paramatthato dassento ‘‘taṃsamuṭṭhāpikā vā cetanāti vutta’’nti ca vadati. Oḷārikenevāti cetanāsamuṭṭhānavācānaṃ sukhumattā visayavaseneva katāti.
9 “已见者”指被他所见,或此人依近行定,说“我非忙碌而死”、“我未见到正在铺展的布”等语,以及依胜义空而说“我不见女人,也不见男人”者,此非妄语。显示巴利原文
9.Diṭṭhassahotīti diṭṭho assa, anena vā upacārajjhānavasena na mayā abyāvaṭo mato, ‘‘na mayā pavanto paṭo diṭṭho’’tiādiṃ bhaṇantassa ca paramatthasuññataṃ upādāya eva ‘‘itthiṃ na passāmi, na ca purisa’’nti bhaṇantassa ca na musāvādo.
11 “犯戒”一句,此处他们说为“恶语罪”。为什么呢?因为经文说“以嬉戏而作”。这是直接指向“言语、音声……乃至语表”,身体则不属直接。显示巴利原文
11.Āpattiṃ āpajjatiyevāti ettha ‘‘dubbhāsitāpattī’’ti vadanti. Kasmā? ‘‘Keḷiṃ kurumāno’’ti vuttattā. ‘‘Vācā girā…pe… vācasikā viññattī’’ti ujukaṃ sandhāya, kāyo na ujuko.
2. 轻慢语学处释显示巴利原文
2. Omasavādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
13 “再去,朋友,到达”一句,文中写道:“即再绕转该处后,去到另一处,朋友。”“已立足之处”是指地面。“再去,朋友”——有人认为其意思是:再去就是在同一处,朋友,到达地面。这似乎不太妥当。“被击败”指败北,或读作“败北”。“你压倒”即你征服。“说悦耳语的婆罗门的重负”……“拖曳”即牵引义,或者此处的属格用于表示轻蔑。“令彼失去财富”——意思是:如同他获得财富那样,便那样令他失去。显示巴利原文
13.‘‘Puna are patteti puna taṃ ṭhānaṃ parivaṭṭetvā āgate aññasmiṃ are’’ti likhitaṃ. Patiṭṭhitārappadesanti bhūmiṃ. Puna areti puna tasmiṃyeva are bhūmiṃ patteti atthoti keci, taṃ na sundaraṃ viya. Jāpitoti parājito, ‘‘parājito’’ti vā pāṭho. Pāpesīti abhibhavasi. Manāpaṃ bhāsamānassa brāhmaṇassa garuṃ bhāraṃ. Udabbahīti ākaḍḍhīti attho, anādaratthe vā sāmivacanaṃ. Dhanañca naṃ alābhesīti yathā so dhanaṃ alabhi, tathā akāsīti adhippāyo.
15 Pubbeti 指因缘部分。Avakaṇṇaka 意为“断耳者”。Javakaṇṇaka 意为“弯耳者”。Dhaniṭṭhaka 意为“财富增长者”,sirivaḍḍhaka 即“家族增长者”之名。Tacchakakamma 指挖掘工、造屋者,有些人说是石工。古注中说:“Muddā 是逐个计数,Gaṇanā 是大计数。”文中有“Madhumehaṃ omehaṃ”。有些人说是指肥胖身体上的肉积聚。Yabha 指淫事。据说,即使被离贪者等辱骂,也只是以烦恼在辱骂;同样,有些人说,以“入流者”辱骂,名为以罪名辱骂。由于取决于性别特征,即便过度白皙等,也仍只是性别特征而已。显示巴利原文
15.Pubbeti nidāne. Avakaṇṇakanti chinnakaṇṇakanāmaṃ. Javakaṇṇakanti vaṅkakaṇṇakanāmaṃ. Dhaniṭṭhakaṃ dhanavaḍḍhakanāmaṃ, sirivaḍḍhakanāmaṃ kulavaḍḍhakasseva nāmaṃ. Tacchakakammanti khaṇanakammakārā koṭṭhakā, pāsāṇakammakārāti keci. ‘‘Muddāti pabbagaṇanā. Gaṇanāti mahāgaṇanā’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. ‘‘Madhumehaṃ omeha’’nti likhitaṃ. Thūlakāyassa maṃsūpacayoti eke. Yabha methune. Vītarāgatādīhi akkosantopi kileseheva kira akkosati nāma, tathā ‘‘sotāpanno’’ti akkosanto āpattiyā akkosati nāmāti eke. Liṅgāyattattā accodātādipi liṅgameva jātaṃ.
16 “Sabbattha vadeti”是总说,“bhaṇati”是广说。又或者,以“vadeti”一词显示令他人了知之意。显示巴利原文
16. Sabbattha vadetīti uddeso. Bhaṇatīti vitthāro. Vadetīti vā iminā paraviññāpanaṃ dīpeti.
26 然而,在间接指责的章节中,说为“evaṃ vadeti”。何以故?为显示先前已示的举罪次第。先前亦以“hīnena hīnaṃ, hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ, ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ, ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ”,在种姓等中,每一类各以四种方式显示了举罪次第,此处即以“evaṃ”作为其例示。意思是:在说“hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti”之处,若说“evaṃ vadeti”,则那种方式便被例示。否则,若以其他间接方式而言,那种方式便不成立。若问:“岂非不成立?”并非不成立,因为缺乏特别原因,会导致无犯的过失,且以不确定的表述会产生不确定的意义。由于以“santi idhekacce caṇḍālā”等不确定的表述,针对旃陀罗或非旃陀罗而说者,有罪,故不确定的意义是成立的。若如此,是否仅凭这些,便能成就先前已示的举罪次第之例示?不是,因为若不以“vadeti”连接,则无法理解“evaṃ”一词显示了何种方式。应知,在间接指责的方式中,亦如同在直接辱骂中一样,只是显示巴利原文
26. Aññāpadesavāresu pana ‘‘evaṃ vadetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kasmā? Pubbe dassitauddesakkamanidassanatthaṃ. Pubbepi ‘‘hīnena hīnaṃ, hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ, ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ, ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭha’’nti jātyādīsu ekekasmiṃ catudhā catudhā dassitauddesakkamassa nidassanaṃ ‘‘eva’’nti iminā karoti. ‘‘Hīnena hīnaṃ vadetī’’ti vuttaṭṭhāneyeva hi ‘‘evaṃ vadetī’’ti vutte so ākāro nidassito hotīti adhippāyo. Aññathā aññāpadesena so ākāro na sambhavatīti āpajjati. Na sambhavati evāti ce? Na, visesakāraṇābhāvā, tattha anāpattippasaṅgato, aniyamaniddesena aniyamatthasambhavato ca. ‘‘Santi idhekacce caṇḍālā’’tiādinā hi aniyamaniddesena caṇḍālaṃ vā acaṇḍālaṃ vā sandhāya bhaṇantassa āpattīti aniyamattho sambhavatīti adhippāyo. Yadi evaṃ ettakameva vattabbaṃ tāvatā pubbe dassitauddesakkamanidassanasiddhitoti? Na, ‘‘vadetī’’ti iminā ayojite ‘‘eva’’nti pade imaṃ nāma ākāraṃ dassetīti anavabodhato. Aññāpadesanayepi paraviññāpaneyeva dukkaṭapācittiyaṃ viyāti niyamanapayojanaṃ vā ‘‘vadetī’’ti padanti veditabbaṃ. Atha vā attano samīpe ṭhatvā aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpento hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti bhaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sace sayaṃ hīno hīnena hīnaṃ caṇḍālaṃ…pe… pukkusaṃ ‘‘pukkuso’’ti bhaṇati āpatti vācāya vācāya pācittiyassa, esa nayo aññāpadesavāresupīti yojanā veditabbā. Ayamattho duṭṭhadosesu pariyesitabbo. Aññathā ‘‘vadeti bhaṇatī’’ti etesaṃ aññataraṃ ubhayattha anaññāpadesavāraaññāpadesavāresu, visesena vā aññāpadesavāresu niratthakaṃ āpajjati vināyeva tena vacanasiliṭṭhatāsambhavato. Attato pāḷiyaṃ avuttattā panettha ‘‘sāṇattika’’nti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ padasandhi vadetīti vada itīti. Asammukhā vadantassa dukkaṭaṃ ‘‘sammukhā pana sattahipi āpattikkhandhehi vadantassa dukkaṭa’’nti andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattā. Davakamyatā nāma keḷi, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘hasādhippāyatā’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Asammukhāpi davakamyatāya vadantassa dubbhāsitamevā’’ti ācariyā vadanti. Pāpagarahitāya kujjhitvāpi vadantassa dukkaṭaṃ, asammukhā anāpattīti.
3. 两舌学处释显示巴利原文
3. Pesuññasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
36-7 文句为“imassa sutvā amussa”。作“imesaṃ sutvā”并不妥当。Bhedāyapi 即 bhedāya。由于三者皆依比丘身份而堕罪,故“bhikkhūnaṃ pesuññe”使用复数。显示巴利原文
36-7. ‘‘Imassa sutvā amussā’’ti pāṭho. ‘‘Imesaṃ sutvā’’ti na sundaraṃ. Bhedāyapīti bhedāya. Tiṇṇampi bhikkhubhāvatoyeva nipajjanato ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ pesuññe’’ti bahuvacanaṃ kataṃ.
38-9 其连接方式是:先说出“某甲尊者如旃陀罗……乃至……补库萨”,随后进行离间。否则,若另作他解,则当说“补库萨说”,此即不妥。此处虽可得“未受具戒者”的章节,却未予举出,或因辱骂语中已示其理,或为于末尾作简要开示。正如在末尾显示了三个恶作。世尊在开示这些时,为了表明:由“受具戒者听闻受具戒者而向受具戒者进行离间”这一表述所含的两句,或因其中一句颠倒、或因两句颠倒,便构成波逸提,故将两者合说。因此,最初便说:“受具戒者听闻受具戒者而向受具戒者进行离间,犯波逸提。”有些人说:“在这两者中,即便是犯了波罗夷的受具戒者,若为毁辱同样的受具戒者而辱骂,听闻如是者而向如是者进行离间,也犯波逸提,所以‘受具戒者’这一起始词是通于一切处而说的。”此说并不合理,因为已犯无余罪者不可能再犯。故应知,仅仅由于论母中没有“比丘”一词,而“说、进行离间”等词未作格说明,才说了那个起始词。既然巴利文句本身没有,这唯是不成教令。对于“非欲爱者、非以离间为意图者”,因沉默者无说话动机,故以属格与进行离间相关联,由此说:“以厌恶而说者,无犯。显示巴利原文
38-9. ‘‘Itthannāmo āyasmā caṇḍālo…pe… pukkusoti bhaṇatī’’ti vatvā pesuññaṃ upasaṃharatīti yojanā. Aññathā ‘‘pukkusoti bhaṇatī’’ti vattabbatā āpajjati. Ettha anupasampannavāro labbhamānopi na uddhaṭo omasavāde dassitanayattā, saṅkhepato ante dassetukāmatāya vā. Tathā hi ante tīṇi dukkaṭāni dassitāni. Tāni pana dassento bhagavā yasmā ‘‘upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharatī’’ti vuttānaṃ dvinnaṃ padānaṃ aññataravipallāsavasena vā ubhayavipallāsavasena vā pācittiyanti katvā dvepi tāni ekato vuttānīti dassetukāmo, tasmā sabbapaṭhamaṃyeva ‘‘upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti āha. ‘‘Dvīsu panetesu yasmā pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannopi upasampanno tādisaṃyeva upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo omasati, tādisassa sutvā tādisassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti pācittiyassa, tasmā ‘upasampanno’ti idaṃ ādipadaṃ sabbattha vutta’’nti keci vadanti, taṃ na yuttaṃ, anavasesaāpattiṃ āpannassa puna āpattiyā asambhavato, tasmā kevalaṃ mātikāyaṃ bhikkhupadābhāvatoyeva ‘‘bhaṇati upasaṃharatī’’ti padānaṃ kārakaniddesābhāve asambhavato eva taṃ ādipadaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Idaṃ pāḷilesābhāvato anāṇattikameva. ‘‘Na piyakamyassa, na bhedādhippāyassā’’ti upasaṃharaṇāpekkhaṃ sāmivacanaṃ tuṇhībhūtassa vacanappayojanābhāvato, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pāpagarahitāya bhaṇantassa anāpattī’’ti.
4. 逐句法学处释显示巴利原文
4. Padasodhammasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
45-6 在“此一切句分即是法”中,此处的“法”是指佛所说,应作如是联系。“字聚”是指不完整的句。独觉佛所说即包含在佛所说之中。应知,由在家居士所说的,则归入仙人所说等范畴。有些写本中无“天人说”一句,凡有此句者,那才是巴利原文。在偈颂结集上,此理亦然,即便仅说一字,亦可获得停顿之处。若在诵“如是我闻”等经时,仅念出“e”音便停下,则依随字犯波逸提;若说出不完整的句子便停下,则依随相犯。若诸句中第一句有违犯,则依随句犯波逸提。“依注释书而立”是指依注释书之立场而住立,这是就先前以自然语言所说的注释书而言。“依巴利而立”是指仅依巴利原文而成。道论等著作也是如此。显示巴利原文
45-6.Sabbametaṃpadaso dhammo nāmāti ettha dhammo nāma buddhabhāsitoti evaṃ sambandho. Akkharasamūhoti asamattapade. Paccekabuddhabhāsitaṃ buddhabhāsite eva. Anupāsakagahaṭṭhehi bhāsito isibhāsitādisaṅgahaṃ gacchatīti veditabbaṃ. Katthaci potthake ‘‘devatābhāsito’’ti padaṃ natthi, yattha atthi, sā pāḷi. Gāthābandhepi ca esa nayoti ekameva akkharaṃ vatvā ṭhānaṃ labbhati eva. ‘‘Evaṃ me suta’’ntiādisuttaṃ bhaṇāpiyamāno ekāraṃ vatvā tiṭṭhati ce, anvakkharena pācittiyaṃ, aparipuṇṇapadaṃ vatvā ṭhite anubyañjanena. Padesu ekaṃ paṭhamapadaṃ virujjhati ce, anupadena pācittiyaṃ. Aṭṭhakathānissitoti aṭṭhakathānissitavasena ṭhito. Pubbe pakatibhāsāya vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathaṃ sandhāya. Pāḷinissitoti pāḷiyaṃ evāgato. Maggakathādīnipi pakaraṇāni.
48 “近行”:指十二肘的范围。“Opāteti 意为从单方面说而使之集合”,有如此记载。虽然调伏阿波逻罗龙等事及授戒,在世尊时代也出现过,然而在那些事例中,凡是从佛语中引来而说的,那本身即是犯缘之事——为了表明此义,在大注释中以“他们说”等措辞作了宽松处理。由于从佛语引来而说者占多数,故依多数之理而说他们为犯,这便是《大波阇利耶》所阐明的彼意趣之含义。有人说:“一切人所说即是佛语,这是其他派别的说法。”若站立的老师为坐着的人授课,有人说这不犯“我不应为坐着的人说法”所说的罪。然而,授课与说法并无不同,故彼说不合理,因为若为持伞者等授课也应成不犯,而犯已成立。正如所说:显示巴利原文
48.Upacāranti dvādasahatthaṃ. ‘‘Opātetīti ekato bhaṇati samāgacchatī’’ti likhitaṃ. Kiñcāpi apalāladamanampi sīlupadesopi bhagavato kāle uppanno, atha kho tesu yaṃ yaṃ buddhavacanato āharitvā vuttaṃ, taṃ tadeva āpattivatthu hotīti viññāpanatthaṃ mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘vadantī’’ti vacanehi sithilaṃ kataṃ. Buddhavacanato āharitvā vuttassa bahulatāya tabbahulanayena tesu āpatti vuttā, tasmā mahāpaccariyaṃ tassādhippāyo pakāsitoti attho. ‘‘Sabbesameva vacananti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Sace ācariyo ṭhito nisinnānaṃ pāṭhaṃ deti, ‘‘na ṭhito nisinnassa dhammaṃ desessāmī’’ti vuttāpattiṃ nāpajjatīti eke. Tesampi pāṭhadānaṃ dhammadesanato na aññanti taṃ na yuttaṃ, chattapāṇikādīnaṃ pāṭhadānena anāpattippasaṅgato, āpattibhāvo ca siddho. Vuttañhetaṃ –
二者皆不知义,二者皆不见法;
教诵咒语者,与不如法而学者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ubho atthaṃ na jānanti, ubho dhammaṃ na passare; Yo cāyaṃ mantaṃ vāceti, yo cādhammenadhīyatī’’ti. (pāci. 647);
此处“adhīyati”意为学习,因此教授即是说法。《众学法注释》中说:“然而此处的法之区分,当依句法中所说之理而了知。”因此,在一切与法相关的学处中,应知此即是法。若如此,若有人以行蕴、语言等方式宣说心法,依众学法便应不犯,但如此便与《阇波迦本生》相违。若认为彼处是因咒语属外道典籍之故?不然,是因为未明其意趣。此处的意趣乃是:“诸比丘,即使是称为外道典籍的咒语,我也不乐于让坐在高座上的人教诵,何况是说法。”因为巴利原文中说:“诸比丘,那时我也不乐于坐在低座上,为坐在高座上的人教诵咒语,更何况现在……说法。”正是阐明上述意趣,而非其他。正因如此,才作了“教诵咒语”与“说法”的措辞区分。否则,两处都应只说“说法”即可。显示巴利原文
Ettha adhīyatīti attho, tasmā pāṭhadānampi dhammadesanāva. Sekhiyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pāci. aṭṭha. 634) ‘‘dhammaparicchedo panettha padasodhamme vuttanayena veditabbo’’ti vuttaṃ , tasmā ayameva dhammo sabbattha dhammapaṭisaṃyuttasikkhāpadesu veditabbo. Yadi evaṃ saṅkhārabhāsādivasena cittadhammaṃ desentassa sekhiyavasena anāpatti siyā, tato chapakajātakavirodho. Tattha mantānaṃ bāhiraganthattāti ce? Na, tadadhippāyājānanato. Ayañhi tattha adhippāyo ‘‘bāhirakaganthasaṅkhātampi mantaṃ ucce āsane nisinnassa vācetuṃ me bhikkhave amanāpaṃ, pageva dhammaṃ desetu’’nti. ‘‘Tadāpi me, bhikkhave, amanāpaṃ nīce āsane nisīditvā ucce āsane nisinnassa mantaṃ vācetuṃ, kimaṅgaṃ pana etarahi…pe… dhammaṃ desetu’’nti (pāci. 647) hi ayaṃ pāḷi yathāvuttameva adhippāyaṃ dīpeti, na aññaṃ. Teneva ‘‘mantaṃ vācetuṃ dhammaṃ desetu’’nti vacanabhedo kato. Aññathā ubhayattha ‘‘dhammaṃ desetu’’micceva vattabbanti.
关于“勿与我共语”等,随附注疏中这样说明:“若比丘想与沙弥说话,沙弥也想与比丘说话而突然插话,如‘对正在背诵已通达经典者插话’等情形,则不犯,因为仅此并不构成比丘教导沙弥。”由于大注释中并无此说,故此说亦属合理。若于该处审察后加以禁止,则成犯,但这并非就造作或不造作而论犯。为何?因为若心存一起说的念头,纵被制止“勿一起说”后仍一起说,即犯;若原本无此心而突然失念一起说,则不犯。因此说:被言“勿与我共语”后若仍说,不犯。即便如此,随顺诸师之意,于此类情形,应依所述之理而行。何以故?因大注释中无此说,正由无此说故,是为犯。若彼处“不犯”之说不能成立,则此不成其为不犯之处。显示巴利原文
Mayāsaddhiṃ mā vadātiādimhi pana anugaṇṭhipade evaṃ vutto ‘‘sace bhikkhu sāmaṇerena saddhiṃ vattukāmo, tathā sāmaṇeropi bhikkhunā saddhiṃ vattukāmo sahasā opāteti, ‘yebhuyyena paguṇaṃ ganthaṃ bhaṇantaṃ opātetī’’tiādīsu viya anāpatti, na hi ettāvatā bhikkhu sāmaṇerassa uddisati nāma hoti. Yasmā mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ natthi, tasmāpi yuttamevetaṃ. Sace tattha vicāretvā paṭikkhittaṃ siyā āpatti, kiriyākiriyañca nāpajjati. Kasmā? Yasmā cittena ekato vattukāmo, atha kho naṃ ‘ekato mā vadā’ti paṭikkhipitvāpi ekato vadanto āpajjati. Avattukāmassa sahasā virajjhitvā ekato vadantassa anāpatti, tena vuttaṃ ‘mayā saddhiṃ mā vadāti vutto yadi vadati, anāpattī’ti. Tathāpi ācariyānaṃ matimanuvattantena evarūpesu ṭhānesu yathāvuttanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ natthi, natthibhāvatoyeva āpatti. Sace tattha anāpattiavacanaṃ na sambhavati ayamaṭṭhānattā’’ti.
于此有此审察:若比丘被说“勿与我共语”后,若对方仍说话,比丘无罪,这是合理的,因为比丘没有想说话的意图,也因为在诵经等三种情况中无罪。然而,若沙弥因聪明而被说“勿与我共语”,而比丘因不聪明而说话,则确实有罪,因为存在想说话的意图。若他无意中突然说话,则无罪,因为没有那种意图。若比丘自己说“勿与我共语”之后,又与那人说话,则确实有罪。因为这条学处并非关于做与不做。如果这条学处是关于做与不做,那才合理。那里的“无罪”是这个意思。在《大护持》中,正是以此意趣而说“勿与我共语”。因为沙弥的行为在此并非标准,然而若依此意趣而说,则过于牵强,这是其义。字义即文句义。虽然曾说“所谓句、随句、随字、随文,这一切名为句净”,然而在此只结合了“以句教者,句句犯波逸提;以字教者,字字犯波逸提”这两者,为何如此?因为句已包含了随句与随文。确实曾说过:“随句即第二句。随文即与前文相似的后文。”因此,随文只是随句的一部分,这是成立的。又因为曾说“字、随文之集合为句”,所以是否只应说句,由此而摄持随句等三者?不应这样说,因为教说方式有差别。以句教者,确实在句、随句或随文中犯戒。不以字犯。以字教者,则在句等其中之一犯戒。因为当教诵“varo varaññū varado varāharo”等时,若教第一个va字而省略第二等va字,教第一个ro字而省略第二等ro字,教第一个ra字而省略第二等ra字,不可能犯波逸提。是否依随文随顺而可能?不,因为与“句句犯波逸提”相违。因为此语显示一句中有一罪。是否由“当说‘色无常’时,省略‘色’字”之语,可知教完整一句者,仅在最初一字一起说时犯戒?不,因为与“字字犯波逸提”相违。因此,由于不可能说“省略‘色’字”,而由‘色’字属于如前所述之法所摄得以成立,故不说彼,而仅为了显示以字教者之字属于如前所述之法,而说“当说‘色无常’时”,或者应知,这是为了语句通顺,如同在随文中说受之语一样。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā – ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ mā vadā’’ti vutto yadi vadati, bhikkhuno anāpattīti yuttametaṃ bhikkhuno vattukāmatāyābhāvato, bhāvepi sajjhāyakaraṇādīsu tīsu anāpattito ca. Atha sāmaṇerena byattatāya ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ mā vadā’’ti vutto bhikkhu abyattatāya vadati, āpatti eva vattukāmatāsabbhāvato. Sahasā ce vadati, anāpatti tadabhāvato. Sace bhikkhu evaṃ ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ mā vadā’’ti vatvā tena saddhiṃ sayaṃ vadati, āpatti eva. Na hi etaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ kiriyākiriyaṃ. Yadi etaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ kiriyākiriyaṃ bhaveyya, yuttaṃ. Tattha anāpattīti adhippāyo. Mahāpaccariyaṃ imināva adhippāyena ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ mā vadā’’ti vuttaṃ siyā. Na hi sāmaṇerassa kiriyā idha pamāṇanti, imasmiṃ pana adhippāye vutte atiyuttaṃvāti attho. Akkharattho byañjanattho. Kiñcāpi ‘‘yañca padaṃ yañca anupadaṃ yañca anvakkharaṃ yañca anubyañjanaṃ, sabbametaṃ padasodhammo nāmā’’ti vuttaṃ, tathāpi ‘‘padena vāceti, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa, akkharāya vāceti, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti idameva dvayaṃ yojitaṃ, taṃ kasmāti ce? Padena anupadaanubyañjanānaṃ saṅgahitattā. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘anupadanti dutiyapādo. Anubyañjananti purimabyañjanena sadisaṃ pacchābyañjana’’nti (pāci. aṭṭha. 45), tasmā anupadekadesamattameva anubyañjananti siddhaṃ. ‘‘Akkharānubyañjanasamūho pada’’nti ca vuttattā padamattameva vattabbaṃ tena anupadādittayaggahaṇatoti ce? Na vattabbaṃ vacanavisesato. Padena vācento hi pade vā anupade vā anubyañjane vā āpattiṃ āpajjati. Na akkharena. Akkharena vācento pana padādīsu aññatarasmiṃ āpajjati. Na hi ‘‘varo varaññū varado varāharo’’tiādimhi paṭhamaṃ va-kāraṃ vācento dutiyādiva-kāre opāteti, paṭhamaṃ ro-kāraṃ vācento dutiyaro-kāre opāteti, paṭhamaṃ ra-kāraṃ vācento dutiyara-kāre opāteti, āpatti pācittiyassāti sambhavati. Anubyañjanānulomato sambhavati evāti ce? Na, ‘‘pade pade āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti iminā viruddhattā. Idañhi vacanaṃ ekasmiṃ pade ekā āpattīti dīpeti. ‘‘Rūpaṃ aniccanti vuccamāno rūti opātetī’’ti vacanato sakalaṃ pādaṃ vācentassa paṭhamaakkharamatte ekato vutte āpattīti siddhanti ce? Na, ‘‘akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti iminā viruddhattā, tasmā rūti opātetīti vattuṃ asambhavato rū-kārassa yathāvuttadhammapariyāpannabhāvasiddhito taṃ avatvā kevalaṃ akkharāya vācentassa yathāvuttadhammapariyāpannaakkharabhāvadassanatthaṃ ‘‘rūpaṃ aniccanti vuccamāno’’ti vuttaṃ, vacanasiliṭṭhatāvasena vā anubyañjane vedanāvacanaṃ viyāti veditabbaṃ.
5. 第一共宿学处释显示巴利原文
5. Paṭhamasahaseyyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
50 “不应行同宿”是以状态而说,有些版本作“不应行同宿”,意为“比丘不应行”,这是制定的意思。“或靠背”即指此床。凡对他们不许可的,对他们也不许可,这是补充的文句:不去近事阿阇梨等处而行同宿。显示巴利原文
50. ‘‘Na sahaseyyaṃ kappetabba’’nti bhāvavasena vuttaṃ, kesuci ‘‘na sahaseyyā kappetabbā’’ti pāṭho, na kappetabbā bhikkhunāti paññattanti adhippāyo. ‘‘Apassenaṃ vāti vāyimamañcakameva hotī’’ti likhitaṃ. Yaṃ etesaṃ na kappati, taṃ tesampīti upajjhāyādīnaṃ santikaṃ agantvā sahaseyyaṃ kappeyyāti pāṭhaseso.
52 “未受具足戒者”,是指除比丘之外的其余之人。基于这种说法,有人主张:“女人是未受具足戒者,在第四夜也会构成两种同宿罪。”又有人说:“‘除比丘之外……未受具足戒者’,意指成为波罗夷事的畜生男人。”这两种说法都应当审察。在第二条学处中,所说的女人,只取人间女性,而夜叉女、饿鬼女、畜生女等虽成为波罗夷事,在此却不取,因为对于她们只是恶作。又问:“如果在她们自己的学处也只是恶作,为何在第一学处却成波逸提?”“在无围墙的庭院前不犯”,这是锡兰注释的说法。为阐明其含义,安达卡注释中说:“这是就无平台之地而说‘庭院前’。”“再住”,是指第四日居住。“比丘卧”,指比丘躺卧之时。“集会堂”,是指大寺中的集会处。据说有些人说:“在仅构成恶作的地方住满三晚,第四晚卧于足以构成同宿罪之处,即犯波逸提。”此说并不合理。显示巴利原文
52. ‘‘Anupasampanno nāma bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā avaseso’ti vuttattā mātugāmo anupasampannoti catuttharattiyaṃ mātugāmo dvepi sahaseyyāpattiyo janetīti apare’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā…pe… pannoti pārājikavatthubhūto tiracchānapuriso adhippeto’’ti ca, ubhayampi vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Dutiyasikkhāpade mātugāmo nāmāti manussitthiṃyeva gahetvā yakkhī petī tiracchānagatā pārājikavatthubhūtā na gahitā tesu dukkaṭattā. ‘‘Sace pana attanopi sikkhāpade dukkaṭaṃ bhaveyya, atha kasmā paṭhamasikkhāpade pācittiya’’nti ca vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aparikkhitte pamukhe anāpattī’’ti sīhaḷaṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ, tassatthaṃ dīpetuṃ andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘bhūmiyaṃ vinā jagatiyā pamukhaṃ sandhāya kathita’’nti vuttaṃ. Puna vasatīti catutthadivase vasati. Bhikkhunipanneti bhikkhumhi nipanne. Sannipatitamaṇḍapaṃ nāma mahāvihāre sannipātaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Tīṇi ca divasāni dukkaṭakhette vasitvā catutthe divase sahaseyyāpattipahonake sayati, pācittiyevā’’ti ekacce vadanti kira, taṃ na yuttaṃ.
第二共宿学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
55 “那时,那些人”与“那些旅人”均为异读。又有“一夜”之读法,但此读不妥。因巴利经文中对黄门定为恶作,故有人说“对于二根者,看似是根本罪”,又说“无相者等即是女人”,这如同对二根者所说。虽然假女人属于波罗夷事,但因处于未被执取的部分,所以在此并不犯戒。此处不应依波罗夷罪的角度来审察。显示巴利原文
55. ‘‘Atha kho te manussā’’ti ca ‘‘te addhikā’’ti ca pāṭho. ‘‘Ekaratta’’ntipi atthi, so na sundaro. Paṇḍake pāḷiyaṃ dukkaṭassa vuttattā ‘‘ubhatobyañjanehi mūlāpattīti dissatī’’ti, ‘‘animittādayo itthiyovā’’ti ca vadanti ubhatobyañjanake vuttaṃ viya. Kiñcāpi matitthī pārājikavatthu hoti, anupādinnapakkhe ṭhitattā pana idha āpattiṃ na karoti. Pārājikāpattiṭṭhānañcettha na oloketabbaṃ.
七、说法学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
66 由于“有智、有能力”的表述,即使对无智女性说法也不犯戒。在这里,夜叉女等不像人类女性那么粗重,故而成为恶作事。因为提到畜生道中具人形女性有能力,所以其他非人女性也只是恶作事——这是一些人的观点。“对女性”是以词性倒置的方式说的。有记载说:“除注释书等原文外,可以用泰米尔语等随其所好地讲说。”正如夜叉女等成为恶作事,若对与持男性形象的夜叉等站在一起的女性说法,为何不犯恶作而直犯波逸提?因为连丝毫的“第二”都算不上。人类女性尚且不算“第二”,更何况夜叉等。如果说在“第二不定”中她算是“第二”呢?在那里,“第二”是就粗恶语而言;而此处若是就同宿而言,则此处并非同宿,而是就说法而言。而说法比躺卧更为粗重,因此这不能作为同等的譬喻。显示巴利原文
66. ‘‘Viññū paṭibalā’’ti vacanato aviññū itthiyāpi desentassa anāpatti. Idha yakkhīādayo manussitthī viya anoḷārikattā dukkaṭavatthukā jātā. Tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā paṭibalatāya vuttattā itarāpi dukkaṭavatthuyevāti eke. ‘‘Mātugāmāyā’’ti liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aṭṭhakathādipāṭhaṃ ṭhapetvā damiḷādinā yathāruci kathetuṃ labhati kirā’’ti likhitaṃ, yathā yakkhīādayo dukkaṭavatthukā jātā, tathā purisaviggahaṃ gahetvā ṭhitena yakkhādinā saddhiṃ ṭhitassa mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desento dukkaṭaṃ anāpajjitvā kasmā pācittiyamāpajjatīti ce? Īsakampi dutiyapakkhaṃ abhajanato. Manussamātugāmopi na dutiyo, pageva yakkhādayoti. Na dutiyāniyate tassa dutiyattāti ce? Na tattha duṭṭhullavācāpekkhā dutiyatā, kintu nisajjāpekkhā, idha ca na nisajjamattaṃ, kintu desanā idhādhippetā. Sā ca nipajjanato oḷārikā, tasmā asamatthanidassanaṃ.
八、说实有上人法学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
67 “第四波罗夷事与此(学处)是同一件事”的说法,并不合理。为什么呢?因为第四波罗夷中提到了“愚痴人”。那些人并非与圣者相杂,因此我认为这两件事性质相似。有注书说:“圣者们也曾宣称,因为他们内部也有上人法。”又有说:“‘一切众生都是世尊’这句话,是由于凡夫与圣者的上人法皆被宣说,所以称为‘实有’,并非指自己的上人法——这是其他论师的观点。”显示巴利原文
67. ‘‘Catutthapārājikavatthu ca idañca ekamevā’’ti vuttaṃ, na yuttaṃ. Kasmā? Tattha ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti vuttattā. Te ariyamissakā na hontīti dvepi ekasadisānīti mama takko. ‘‘Ariyāpi paṭijāniṃsu, tesampi abbhantare vijjamānattā uttarimanussadhammassā’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Sabbepi bhūtaṃ bhagavāti puthujjanaariyānaṃ uttarimanussadhammassa ārocitattā ‘bhūta’nti vuttaṃ, na attano uttarimanussadhammaṃ sandhāyāti apare’’ti vuttaṃ.
77 “之前未说过的”是指第四波罗夷中未曾说过的。显示巴利原文
77.Pubbe avuttehīti catutthapārājike avuttehīti.
九、说粗恶罪学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
78-80 “以同一只手开始后,释放了不净”这一读法,是现存而优美的读法,应审察后才可采用。否则,可能只是巴利圣典中所说的那样。在当说“以惭”之处,依惯用法而对他人说成了“以惭愧”。在《大注释》中,由于其义明显而没有再说,因为通过指出波逸提的不可能,恶作即已成立。显示巴利原文
78-80. ‘‘Teneva hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocesī’’ti pāṭho sampatipāṭho sundaro. Apaloketvāva kātabbā. No ce, pāḷiyaṃyeva vuttaṃ siyā. ‘‘Ottappenā’’ti vattabbe ruḷhīvasena paresu ‘‘hirottappenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ uttānattā na vuttaṃ, pācittiyāsambhavadassaneneva hi dukkaṭanti siddhaṃ.
83 在此,由于“业”一词也包含了所说的不端行为,因此那便构成它的处罚业事。“在此犯了业”这一句,往昔也有记载。在《大注释》中,有“为自己之欲而犯”的读法,他们说“应采纳此说”,这需要审察。显示巴利原文
83. Tattha ‘‘kamma’’nti vuttaajjhācārepi pariyāpannattā taṃ tassa daṇḍakammavatthu. ‘‘Tattha kammaṃ āpanno’’ti pubbepi likhitaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘attakāmaṃ āpanno’’ti pāṭho, ‘‘ayameva gahetabbo’’ti vadanti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ.
第十掘地学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
86 “粗糖石”是一种如同白黏土般柔软的石子。有记载说:“‘在未作坡处’是为了显示不应被冲垮的地方而说的。”应说“为了显示不被雨淋的地方”。“鼠狗”是指被老鼠挖出的土。所谓“净心”,是指虽然知道“这样滚动,地将会裂开”,但并非想要地裂,这就称为净心。尘土等两类是导致犯戒的。有些人说:“因为在一切覆盖等情况下,对一半说了恶作,所以如果是恶作,那是合理的。”在那里,对于那种情况的发生是合理的,但在这里,只有生地与不生地两种事,因此两者不能合一,那是不合理的。如果说这里也有恶作的说法呢?那只是依于想,而不是依于事,所以是不合理的。显示巴利原文
86.Kaṭasakkharā setamattikā viya mudukā sakkharajāti. ‘‘Akatapabbhāreti avalañjitabbaṭṭhānadassanatthaṃ vutta’’nti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Anovassakaṭṭhānadassanattha’’nti vattabbaṃ. Mūsikukkuranti mūsikāhi uddhaṭapaṃsu. Suddhacittāti kiñcāpi ‘‘evaṃ pavaṭṭite pathavī bhijjissatī’’ti jānanti, no pana ce pathavībhedatthikā, suddhacittā nāma honti. Paṃsuādayo dve koṭṭhāsā āpattikarā. Keci ‘‘sabbacchannādīsu upaḍḍhe dukkaṭassa vuttattā sace dukkaṭaṃ, yutta’’nti vadanti. Tattha yuttaṃ tādisassa vatthuno sambhavā, idha pana jātapathavī ca ajātapathavī cāti dveyeva vatthūni, tasmā dvinnaṃ ekena bhavitabbanti na yuttaṃ. Etthāpi dukkaṭavacanaṃ atthīti ce? Taṃ pana saññāvasena, na vatthuvasenāti na yuttameva.
87 “可以生火”:在此,有些人说,因为这样可以取得暖气,所以允许。若如此,在地上生火时,即使远处的土地也会变热,应对那么远的地方也起犯戒心,但此不被允许。因此另有人说:火只在它落下的地方燃烧,所以允许。即使没有燃烧,由于有“不应在未被燃烧的地上放置火”的规定,自行使火落下本身就是犯戒,落下后的燃烧则应当理解为(加重)。显示巴利原文
87.Aggiṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti ettha ettāvatā usumaṃ gaṇhāti, tasmā vaṭṭatīti keci. Evaṃ sati pathaviyā aggimhi kate dūratopi bhūmi uṇhā hoti, tattakaṃ kopetabbaṃ siyā, na ca kappati, tasmā yasmiṃ ṭhāne patati, taṃ so aggi ḍahati, tasmā vaṭṭatīti eke. Aḍahitepi ‘‘adaḍḍhāyapathaviyā aggiṃ ṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttattā attanā pātanāyeva doso patite upadāheti veditabbaṃ.
2. 植物品显示巴利原文
2. Bhūtagāmavaggo
第一生物学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
89 “无法握住斧头”一语,说明了所示的状况。若问:“此斧为何举起?”则“对于人们”等即是回答。论师们说:“因‘他砍、他劈’之言,树神的手即被砍断,并不像四大王天等那样不可砍断。”显示巴利原文
89.Pharasuṃ niggahetuṃ asakkontoti dassitabhāvaṃ jānāpeti. Kasmā ayaṃ pharasuṃ uggirīti ce? Manussānantiādi tassa parihāro. ‘‘Ākoṭesi chindīti ca vacanato rukkhadevatānaṃ hatthāni chijjanti, na cātumahārājikādīnaṃ viya acchejjānī’’ti vadanti.
90-92 “Bhavanti ahuvuñcā”是涉及两个时态的bhūta词。若以从种子所生者来指示种子,那正是它的所属。所谓“那只沾了肉的鸡”,此便是回答。因为在注释书中亦记载为“于种子起种子想”。将名为“植物”的种子,结合为“于彼种子上的植物种子”。据说因为无根,故非完整植株,他们给出理由:“唯有带根的植株方名为植物”。“因为是植物无根,即因不从植物生起而为植物无根,或因植物本身无根。因为从彼处不会生起其他植物”,如此以两种方式记载。Piyaṅgu是一种asanarukkha,树皮增厚,果实可食,亦称为“pītasāla”。它归入无根植物一类,如同椰子。由于是从罐背产生的,以及随顺种子村落的缘故,此为恶作事。不应蓄积,记载为“因难以积聚”,并说:“由于说‘哪些树的枝条能生根’,因此那些不能生根的树,其枝条的作净之事便不成立,此已成立。”“Muddatiṇa”是其名称。记载说:“读为‘Muñjatiṇa’。”显示巴利原文
90-92.Bhavanti ahuvuñcāti dvikāliko bhūtasaddo. Yadi bījato nibbattena bījaṃ dassitaṃ, tadeva santakaṃ yadidaṃ. Sova kukkuṭo maṃsimakkhitoti ayameva hi parihāro. Aṭṭhakathāsupi hi ‘‘bīje bījasaññī’’ti likhitaṃ. Yaṃ bījaṃ bhūtagāmo nāma hoti, tasmiṃ bīje bhūtagāmabījeti yojetvā. Amūlakattā kira sampuṇṇabhūtagāmo na hoti, ‘‘samūlapatto eva hi bhūtagāmo nāmā’’ti kāraṇaṃ vadanti. ‘‘Abhūtagāmamūlattāti bhūtagāmato anuppannattā abhūtagāmamūlaṃ, bhūtagāmassa amūlakattā vā. Na hi tato añño bhūtagāmo uppajjatī’’ti dvidhāpi likhitaṃ. Piyaṅgu asanarukkho vaḍḍhanattaco khajjaphalo, ‘‘pītasālo’’tipi vuccati. Amūlakabhūtagāme saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti nāḷikerassevāyaṃ. Ghaṭapiṭṭhijātattā, bījagāmānulomattā ca dukkaṭavatthu. Na vāsetabbaṃ ‘‘durūpaciṇṇattā’’ti likhitaṃ, ‘‘yesaṃ rukkhānaṃ sākhā ruhatīti vacanato yesaṃ na ruhati, tesaṃ sākhāya kappiyakaraṇakiccaṃ natthīti siddha’’nti vuttaṃ. Muddatiṇanti tassa nāmaṃ. ‘‘Muñjatiṇanti pāṭho’’ti likhitaṃ.
“以沙门的方式”即“以沙门的称呼”,因此比丘应说:“请作净。”由于他如此吩咐,沙弥等人在作的时候,也要先说了“净”之后才作火所烧等,这已成立。如同火所烧等因是净的,未从种子生起的种子也包含在“以五种沙门的方式”(《小品》250)之中;或者,应随所得而理解沙门方式的说法。有人说:“想说‘净’而说成了‘行’,即说‘可以’。”他们说:“‘净’这个词用各自的语言来说也可以。”基于“说了‘净’之后”这一句,比丘必须说“净”;但“另一方则可用任何语言”,他们说,这应审察。由于说“我要将甘蔗作净而刺入木头”,这是针对应作净的事而说错了;但阿阇梨们说:“针对应令作净的事,而令人对饭粒等说‘净’,这是可以的。”他们给出的理由是:因为是以可作的状态而作,即使错误地作了,也成了净。若非如此,那么对饭粒等作了也不可,这应审察。将滋生苔藓的罐子放在太阳下是可以的;但若心存破坏之意,则有恶作,这似乎是合理的。他们说:“花、绳、器皿属于同类,因此不可以。对于绑在茎上的花束,即使只是对茎作了净,由于花就附在其上,也是可以的。”在《古义足》中说:“显示巴利原文
Samaṇakappehīti samaṇavohārehi, tasmā vattabbaṃ bhikkhunā ‘‘kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti. Tassa āṇattiyā karontenāpi sāmaṇerādinā ‘‘kappiya’’nti vatvāva aggiparijitaṃ kātabbanti siddhaṃ. Aggiparijitādīni viya kappiyattā abījanibbaṭṭabījānipi ‘‘pañcahi samaṇakappehī’’ti (cūḷava. 250) ettha paviṭṭhāni, yathālābhato vā samaṇakappavacanaṃ gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Kappiya’nti vattukāmo ‘kappa’nti ce vadati, ‘vaṭṭatī’ti vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kappiya’nti vacanaṃ sakasakabhāsāyapi vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Kappiyanti vatvā’’ti vuttattā bhikkhunā ‘kappiyaṃ’icceva vattabbaṃ, ‘‘itarena pana yāya kāyaci bhāsāyā’’ti vadanti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. ‘‘Ucchuṃ kappiyaṃ karissāmīti dāruṃ vijjhatī’’ti vacanato kappiyaṃ kātabbaṃ sandhāya viraddheti vuttaṃ hoti, ācariyā pana ‘‘kappiyaṃ kāretabbaṃ sandhāya kappiyanti sitthādiṃ kāreti, vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, tassa kāraṇaṃ vadantā kātuṃ vaṭṭanabhāveneva virajjhitvā katepi kappiyaṃ jātaṃ. Yadi na vaṭṭeyya, sitthādimhi kate na vaṭṭeyyāti, upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Uṭṭhitasevālaghaṭaṃ ātape nikkhipituṃ vaṭṭati, vikopetukāmatāya sati dukkaṭaṃ yuttaṃ viya. ‘‘Puppharajjubhājanagatikā, tasmā na vaṭṭati. Nāḷe vā baddhapupphakalāpe nāḷasmiṃ katepi vaṭṭati tasmiṃ pupphassa atthitāyā’’ti vadanti. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade ‘‘bījagāmena bhūtagāmo dassito anavasesapariyādānattha’’nti vuttaṃ.
二、异语学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Aññavādakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
98-9 “说其他的”即“异语”,记载为“应作言说”。“这是沉默者的名称”是一种读法。“欲令举罪”意为欲令其迷惑,“欲作障碍”是古来的解释。显示巴利原文
98-9.Aññaṃ vadatīti aññavādakaṃ, ‘‘vacanaṃ kareyyā’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Tuṇhībhūtassetaṃ nāma’’nti pāṭho. Ugghātetukāmoti samohanitukāmo, antarāyaṃ kattukāmoti porāṇā.
100 他们说:“尊者,善见!然而,在诸如‘这不是钱币’等未加指控的情况下,犯恶作及妄语波逸提;在已加指控的情况下,则犯二重波逸提。”这应审察。显示巴利原文
100. ‘‘Sudiṭṭho bhante, na paneso kahāpaṇotiādīsu anāropite dukkaṭena musāvādapācittiyaṃ, aropite pācittiyadvayaṃ hotī’’ti vadanti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ.
102 对于“以非法、以别众,或对不应作羯磨者”一语,应作如下结合:他不说“当说到我时,僧团将以非法或以别众对我或他人作羯磨,或对不应作羯磨的我,或对他人作羯磨”。显示巴利原文
102.Adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vāti ettha ‘‘mayi vutte maṃ vā aññaṃ vā saṅgho adhammena vā kammaṃ, vaggena vā kammaṃ karissati, na kammārahassa vā me, aññassa vā kammaṃ karissatī’’ti na kathetīti yojetabbaṃ.
三、讥嫌学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
103 “出于欲”一语,如同“逐字”等,是以性别的变异而说;或者,其含义是“为欲求”。对于那些他为之铺设坐卧处的人,意指他们对他有所欲求。显示巴利原文
103.‘‘Chandāyā’’ti akkharakkharāyātiādi viya liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ, chandatthanti vā attho. Yesaṃ senāsanāni paññapeti, tesaṃ attani chandatthanti adhippāyo.
106 于“未受具戒者”等语中,应取其具格之义。“以其他未受具戒者”意为“由其他未受具戒者”;“他的”指未受具戒者。经中说:“在选任时,缺乏五支等者名为未被选任”,以及“由受具戒者所得的选任,因舍戒而消失”。“由僧团”意为由全体僧团,通过甘马语宣布之后,仅将负担交付说“这是你的负担”。此处的“仅仅”一词,只表示由甘马语宣布的状态。“自己”是指得到其他比丘的同意。若问:以不实之事而讥嫌的始犯者,如何无犯?依此学处。关于妄语,似乎说有两个波逸提罪,犹如前期作业中的伐树等,此事应当审察。显示巴利原文
106.Anupasampannantiādīsu karaṇattho gahetabbo. Aññaṃ anupasampannanti aññena anupasampannena. Tassa vāti anupasampannassa. ‘‘Sammutikāle pañcaṅgavirahādayo asammatā nāmā’’ti, ‘‘upasampannena laddhasammuti sikkhāpaccakkhānena vinassatī’’ti ca vuttaṃ. Saṅghenāti sabbena saṅghena kammavācāya assāvetvā ‘‘taveso bhāro’’ti kevalaṃ āropitabhāro. Kevala-saddo hettha kammavācāya assāvitabhāvamattameva dīpeti. Sayamevāti itaresaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā. Abhūtena khīyanakassa ādikammikassa kathaṃ anāpattīti ce? Iminā sikkhāpadena. Musāvāde āpattiyeva dve pācittiyo vuttā viya dissanti pubbapayoge rukkhādichindanādīsu viya, vicāretabbaṃ.
四、第一坐卧处学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
110 110.由“如是,此学处已由世尊为比丘们制定”一语,及《附随》中“有一制定、一随制定”一语,可知此处确有随制定,此义已得成立。虽已成立,然以“再者,诸比丘,汝等当如是诵此学处”等为起句的制定处所并未显现,仅说“诸比丘,我允许于八个月……放置”此少分而已。何以故?因于初制定中已说之方便,于此当同样适用而无差别,故未再述。若尔,此处之随制定为何?即“于露地”。若问:此随制定于制定中亦有耶?亦有,然彼仅显示处所,第二则显示名为“四月雨季”之时节。应知:为将时节与处所合为一体而说“于露地”,世尊为明此义,故言“诸比丘,我允许……放置”。正因如此,《论母义注》中云:“应知,凡于何时何处不得铺设,一切皆摄入此‘露地’之数。”由冬季是无犯时节,此学处不依于制戒因缘,此义已得成立。同样,由“露地”一词之功用,使此差别得以成立:于雨季,会漏雨之露地及亭阁等处,不可为之;于冬季,普通之露地不可为之,而于一切会漏雨之亭阁等处,则可为之。然彼于雨雪显示巴利原文
110. ‘‘Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hotī’’ti vacanato, parivāre ‘‘ekā paññatti, ekā anupaññattī’’ti (pari. 226) vacanato ca idha atthi anupaññattīti siddhaṃ. Kiñcāpi siddhaṃ, ‘‘evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā’’tiādinā pana paññattiṭṭhānaṃ na paññāyati, kevalaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamāse…pe… nikkhipitu’’nti ettakameva vuttaṃ, taṃ kasmāti ce? Paṭhamapaññattiyaṃ vuttanayeneva vattabbato avisesattā na vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ kā ettha anupaññattīti? Ajjhokāseti. Ayamanupaññatti paññattiyampi atthīti ce? Atthi, taṃ pana okāsamattadīpanaṃ, dutiyaṃ cātuvassikamāsasaṅkhātakāladīpanaṃ. Yasmā ubhayampi ekaṃ kālokāsaṃ ekato katvā ‘‘ajjhokāse’’ti vuttanti dīpento bhagavā ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave…pe… nikkhipitu’’nti āhāti veditabbaṃ. Teneva mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ ‘‘yattha ca yadā ca santharituṃ na vaṭṭati, taṃ sabbamidha ajjhokāsasaṅkhyameva gatanti veditabba’’nti. Hemantakālassa anāpattisamayattā idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ nidānānapekkhanti siddhaṃ, tathā hi ajjhokāsapadasāmatthiyena ayaṃ viseso – vassānakāle ovassakaṭṭhāne ajjhokāse, maṇḍapādimhi ca na vaṭṭati. Hemantakāle pakatiajjhokāse na vaṭṭati, sabbamidha ovassakepi maṇḍapādimhi vaṭṭati, tañca kho yattha himavassena senāsanaṃ na temeti, gimhakāle pakatiajjhokāsepi vaṭṭati, tañca kho akālameghādassaneyevāti ayaṃ viseso ‘‘aṭṭha māse’’ti ca ‘‘avassikasaṅkete’’ti ca etesaṃ dvinnaṃ padānaṃ sāmatthiyatopi siddho.
更有甚者——义注中正显示了差别。以皮革等所包裹者或新织成者,不易速坏。以随身而行故,即身处何处,彼则至何处。法喜长老言:“于僧团床座等,不得令身触而住。”“然若施主施与僧团卧具时言:‘尊者,请以露地受用方式随意受用’,依《暗部义注》所云,如是之时为无犯”,且此处亦无禁止,故可。复有言:“其他类比者,另有所说。”有记云:“面向足所置处者,谓坐者面向足所落之处。”然导师之思择为:扫地者面向足所置处。显示巴利原文
Kiñca bhiyyo – aṭṭhakathāyaṃ sandassitavisesova. Cammādinā onaddhako vā navavāyimo vā na sīghaṃ vinassati. Kāyānugatikattāti kāye yattha, tattha gatattā. Saṅghikamañcādimhi kāyaṃ phusāpetvā viharituṃ na vaṭṭatīti dhammasiritthero. ‘‘Saṅghikaṃ pana ‘ajjhokāsaparibhogena paribhuñjatha, bhante, yathāsukha’nti dāyakā denti senāsanaṃ, evarūpe anāpattī’’ti andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vacanato, idha ca paṭikkhepābhāvato vaṭṭati. ‘‘Aññañca evarūpanti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Pādaṭṭhānābhimukhāti nisīdantassa pādapatanaṭṭhānābhimukhā’’ti likhitaṃ. Sammajjantassa pādaṭṭhānābhimukhanti ācariyassa takko.
111 111.“以举足故,因处于外界外。”此为有记所载。离去时,说法师得恶作。何以故非波逸提?因后来之上座比丘可令其起立取用。而说法师则不应被令起立。有言:“纵无命令,此规定亦为其责任。”显示巴利原文
111.‘‘Pāduddhārenāti bahiupacāre ṭhitattā’’ti likhitaṃ. Gacchanti, dukkaṭaṃ dhammakathikassa viya. Kasmā na pācittiyaṃ? Pacchā āgatehi vuḍḍhatarehi uṭṭhāpetvā gahetabbato. Dhammakathikassa pana anuṭṭhapetabbattā. ‘‘Anāṇattiyā paññattiyampi tassa bhāro’’ti vuttaṃ.
112 关于“应回避”,法喜长老说:此处是指持取后移动。优波帝须长老说:是指作为自己所有物的行为。扇与扇盒,即方形的扇子。显示巴利原文
112.Pariharaṇeyevāti ettha gahetvā vicāraṇeti dhammasiritthero. Attano santakakaraṇeti upatissatthero. Bījanīpattakaṃ caturassabījanī.
113 有人说:“因为经中说‘若比丘或沙弥……是有惭者’,所以不向无惭者问询而离去是不可以的。”经文中的“被某物所碍”及义注中的“所碍”,皆就卧具本身而说,因此应知:即使那般情形也是存在的。另有“或不问”的异读。显示巴利原文
113. ‘‘Yo bhikkhu vā sāmaṇero vā…pe… lajjī hotī’ti vuttattā alajjiṃ āpucchitvā gantuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Pāṭhe ‘‘kenaci palibuddhaṃ hotī’’ti ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘palibuddha’’nti ca senāsanaṃyeva sandhāya vuttaṃ, tasmā tathāpi atthīti gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Anāpucchaṃ vā’’ti pāṭho.
5. 第二住处学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
116-7 义注中只说了这些,但字句等仍可寻得。在《随结词》中说:“其他铺设等因是不如法的,故未言及。”又说:“为了与‘床或椅,在精舍内或精舍界内’相应合,虽已说过,还是由‘然而’等语发端。”而这仅是界内,即“在树根处”,于此便无甚可说了。显示巴利原文
116-7.Ettakameva vuttamaṭṭhakathāsu, tathāpi padaṭṭhādayopi labbhanti eva. Anugaṇṭhipade ‘‘aññaṃ attharaṇādi akappiyattā na vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā vihāre vā vihārūpacāre vā’ti imināpi saṃsandanatthaṃ ‘kiñcāpi vutto, atha kho’tiādi āraddha’’nti ca vuttaṃ. Upacāramattañcetaṃ ‘‘rukkhamūle’’ti, tattha vattabbaṃ natthi.
118 即使未问讯也可离去,因失念而离去也无犯;但问讯本属应行之务,若故意不问,则因坏失义务而犯恶作。若在个人卧具上铺设僧团的卧具,或在僧团的卧具上铺设个人的卧具后离去,似乎应得恶作。何以故?因有言“仅卧具本身会毁坏”。然而在此处,“所碍”与“所碍者”两者皆有。显示巴利原文
118.Anāpucchitvāpi gantuṃ vaṭṭatīti asatiyā gacchatopi anāpatti, āpucchanaṃ pana vattaṃ sañcicca anāpucchato vattabhedadukkaṭattā. Puggalikasenāsane saṅghikaseyyaṃ, saṅghikasenāsane vā puggalikaseyyaṃ attharitvā gacchantassa dukkaṭaṃ yuttaṃ viya. Kasmā? ‘‘Seyyāmattameva nasseyyā’’ti vuttattā. Idha pana ‘‘palibuddhaṃ palibuddho’’ti duvidhampi atthi.
6. 侵坐学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Anupakhajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
121 有注者说:所谓上座比丘,即是六群比丘。在“洗足后”等处,应作如下连接:对于进入者而言,范围是从洗脚石直至床椅;对于为大小便而外出者,则是直至大小便处。若依此义,则不应当说“为大小便而外出者”,而应说“从大小便处外出者”。在某些写本中,此处即为“大小便处”。同样,在《论母义注》中说:“对于进入者,从洗脚石直到床椅;对于外出者,从床椅直到大小便处,此范围内是为界内。”因此,某些写本中的“对于洗足后进入者,以及为大小便而外出者,从置于门处的洗脚石,以及从大小便处到床椅”这一文本,并非正确的文本。何以故?因为床椅的界内已作说明。导师说:对于进入者,界内直至床椅;对于外出者,从那里开始直至大小便处、厕所、经行处——与此义相符的文本,方为正确。显示巴利原文
121. Chabbaggiyesuyeva therā bhikkhūti keci. Pāde dhovitvātiādimhi pavisantassa vā pādadhovanapāsāṇato yāva mañcapīṭhaṃ passāvatthāya nikkhamantassa vā yāva passāvaṭṭhānanti yojanā kātabbā. Evaṃ sante ‘‘passāvatthāya nikkhamantassa vā’’ti na vattabbaṃ, ‘‘passāvaṭṭhānato nikkhamantassa vā’’ti vattabbaṃ. Passāvaṭṭhānanti katthaci potthake. Tathā hi mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. anupakhajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘pavisantassa pādadhovanapāsāṇato yāva mañcapīṭhaṃ nikkhamantassa mañcapīṭhato yāva passāvaṭṭhānaṃ, tāva upacāro’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘pāde dhovitvā pavisantassa, passāvatthāya nikkhamantassa ca dvāre nikkhittapādadhovanapāsāṇato, passāvaṭṭhānato ca mañcapīṭha’’nti katthaci potthake pāṭho, so apāṭho. Kasmā? Mañcapīṭhānaṃ upacārassa vuttattā. Pavisantassa yāva mañcapīṭhānaṃ upacāro, nikkhamantassa tato paṭṭhāya yāva passāvaṭṭhānaṃ vaccakuṭicaṅkamaṭṭhānanti iminā atthena yathā saṃsandati, tathāvidho pāṭhoti ācariyo.
122 “界内除外”,即除去此处所说之界内。有记载写道:“即使在见闻所及的界内铺设者。”显示巴利原文
122.Upacāraṃ ṭhapetvāti idha vuttaupacāraṃ ṭhapetvā. ‘‘Dassanasavanūpacārepi santharantassā’’ti likhitaṃ.
7. 驱出学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
126-7 “或六小屋”,此处指的是门楼。即使听到“出去”的话而依自己的意愿出去,不犯;此处的近行,仅指火堂等处的近行。显示巴利原文
126-7.Chasattakoṭṭhakāni vāti ettha dvārakoṭṭhakaṃ adhippetaṃ. ‘‘Nikkhamā’’ti vacanaṃ sutvāpi attano ruciyā nikkhamati, anāpatti; idha aggisālādi eva upacāroti.
8. 空中小屋学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
129 有记载说:“中等尺寸者,即使以颈部的尺寸作为衡量,也仅是空中小屋”,并指出“那并非此处所指”。显示巴利原文
129. ‘‘Pamāṇamajjhimassa galappamāṇe dinnatulāpi vehāsakuṭiyevā’’ti likhitaṃ, ‘‘na sā idha adhippetā’’ti vuttaṃ.
九、大精舍学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
135 “直至门框”意为门附近,即直至墙壁,此说甚明。所谓“门扇展开之量”,是指手肘之量;由于取了门扇展开量周围的近行,因此也会有不圆满的近行。“作窗”即开窗、闭窗,因而那些缝隙即名为窗隙。在对风窗门扇进行涂泥的工作中,没有未撤离位置的情况。显示巴利原文
135.Yāvadvārakosāti dvārasamīpā, yāva bhittīti attho, taṃ suvuttaṃ. Kavāṭavitthārappamāṇoti hatthapāsassādhippetattā, samantā kavāṭavitthārappamāṇaupacārassa gahitattā aparipūraupacārāpi hoti. Ālokaṃ karotīti ālokaṃ sandheti pidhetīti sandhi eva ālokasandhināmakā honti. Vātapānakavāṭalepakamme appaharitaṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi.
136 “砖”指覆盖所用的瓦片、石板等砖块。“在覆盖之上”意为:先完整覆盖一次,再绑缚覆盖木条,接着以相同方式覆盖第二次。所说“到第三次、第四次时,应决意两道工序,命作第三道工序后方可离开”,这与“反复令其覆盖”一语吻合。显示巴利原文
136.Iṭṭhakāti chadanakapālāsilādiiṭṭhakā. Chadanūparīti ettha paṭhamaṃ tāva ekavāraṃ aparisesaṃ chādetvā puna chādanadaṇḍake bandhitvā dutiyavāraṃ tatheva chādetabbaṃ. ‘‘Tatiyavāracatutthavāre sampatte dve magge adhiṭṭhahitvā tatiyamaggaṃ āṇāpetvā pakkamitabba’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ ‘‘punappunaṃ chādāpetī’’ti iminā yujjati.
然而,古师们说:“在第一次便可决意三道工序,从第四次起犯波逸提,从第四次涂泥起即犯。”于此,就覆盖而言,这与所说制戒的因缘相符;就涂泥而言,则与所说规则的截断相符。即便如此,也并不合理。阿阇梨说:“在因缘与注释中,涂泥既已成就,纵使一切处都已覆盖,或覆盖了多次,也仅决意第三次工序,故不相符。”相传优婆帝须长老则说:“决意‘两道工序、两次覆盖’及‘从第三次起应作如是覆盖’,令作之后方可离开。”显示巴利原文
Porāṇā pana ‘‘paṭhamavāreyeva tayo magge adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭati, catutthato paṭṭhāya āpatti pācittiyaṃ, catutthalepato paṭṭhāya āpattī’’ti vadanti. Tattha chadane vuttavidhinidānena sameti, lepe vuttavidhitikacchedena sameti. Tathāpi so na yuttova. Nidāne, aṭṭhakathāyañca siddhalepattā sabbasovāpi acchanne, channevāpi anekaso pariyāyassa tatiyasseva adhiṭṭhānanti no sametīti ācariyo. ‘‘Dve magge’’ti, ‘‘dve chadane’’ti ca ‘‘tatiyavārato paṭṭhāya evaṃ chādāpehī’ti āṇāpetvā pakkamitabba’’nti ca upatissatthero vadati kira.
10. 有生命物学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
140 有生命物学处,其义自明。显示巴利原文
140. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
3. 训诫品显示巴利原文
3. Ovādavaggo
1. 教诫学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Ovādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
144 “随顺于谈论”的意思是:想要教诫比丘尼者,随顺于“何等戒行?何等行仪?从何家族出家?”等谈论。在“趣向天界与趣向道”中,由“亦”字,兼含趣向解脱。“通达相之结合”,是指依八敬法所应宣说的法语。显示巴利原文
144.Kathānusārenāti yo bhikkhunovādakatthiko kiṃsīlo kiṃsamācāro katarakulā pabbajitotiādi kathānusārenāti attho. Saggamaggagamanepīti api-saddena mokkhagamanepi. ‘‘Lakkhaṇappaṭivedhapaṭisaṃyutto’’ti aṭṭhagarudhammānusārena vattabbaṃ dhammakathaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
145-147 “无结界”是指寺院中已结界区域之外、没有结界之处,也就是村界等。“乃至梦遗者”并非指一切人,这里是依通常之说。因为六群比丘中,有些是二十岁,有些是超过二十岁,由此可知,此学处是在中等菩提时制定的。在说“具戒者”之后,因为戒有四种,为了显示此中所指的戒,故说“巴帝摩卡律仪防护”等。在结集与结集之处,这样说:“念防护等,在此并非所指”,因此注释师开示了分别经文。“由义”,即由巴利文之义;“由因”,即由原因的生起——这是注释的意思。或者说,“由因”即由法,因此“由义”就是“由法”。或者说,“由义”即由果,“由因”即由因。《法句经》也和《本生经》同样记载。回答问题,就是“被问而回答”,这里比丘尼被问时,不可能说“我不知道”而不答。“然非彼世尊”是读法,也有写作“然非此”的,但并不优美。由“穿袈裟衣”这番话,对于波罗夷也不适用。此处仅说到比丘尼的身体接触,因为要由性行为才会构成污辱比丘尼。显示巴利原文
145-147.Nissīmanti vihāre baddhasīmato aññaṃ abaddhasīmaṃ, gāmasīmādinti attho. ‘‘Supinantenapī’’ti na sabbesanti idha bāhullanayena vuttaṃ. Chabbaggiyā hi keci vīsativassāpi atthi atirekavīsativassāpīti iminā imaṃ majjhimabodhikāle paññattanti viññāyati. ‘‘Sīlavā hotī’’ti vatvā tassa catubbidhattā idha adhippetasīlameva dassetuṃ ‘‘pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Gaṇṭhānugaṇṭhipadesu ‘‘satisaṃvarādayo idha nādhippetā, tena vibhaṅgapāṭhaṃ dasseti aṭṭhakathācariyo’’ti vuttaṃ. Atthatoti pāḷiatthato. Kāraṇatoti kāraṇūpapattito, aṭṭhakathātoti adhippāyo. Atha vā kāraṇatoti dhammato, tena atthato dhammatoti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā atthatoti phalato. ‘‘Kāraṇatoti hetuto. Dhammapadampi jātakena sahā’’ti likhitaṃ. Pañhaṃ kathetunti ‘‘pañhaṃ puṭṭho kathetī’’ti ettha bhikkhuniyā puṭṭhena ‘‘na jānāmī’’ti na sakkā kathetuṃ. ‘‘Na kho pana taṃ bhagavanta’’nti pāṭho. ‘‘Na kho paneta’’nti ca likhanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ. ‘‘Kāsāyavatthavasanāyā’’ti vacanato pārājikāyapi na vaṭṭati. Bhikkhuniyā kāyasaṃsaggameva vuttaṃ. Methunena hi bhikkhunīdūsako hoti.
148-9 在比丘前受具足戒者,名为转换外相者,即五百释迦族女。由“为说法与出罪”一语,以提及女性故,可成立:于一切处皆包含比丘尼众。然而,以提及比丘尼众,仅于横渡学处(波逸提187-190)中包含女性,于他处则不包含。“Osāretabbā”是圣典文句,意为应使流传;“Osāretabba”是义注文句。若问:于一处礼拜时,因无过失,可否由一位比丘尼于多处礼拜?答:比丘们无有所作,唯比丘尼应作,故不可行。他们又说:“无论坐于何处,即坐于十二肘内。”此处“非受邀请而欲往者”,并非指受邀请而欲往的比丘,而是指唯欲入雨安居者。而“Yato panāti”指从比丘尼寺;“Tatthāti”指在比丘尼寺。虽由“教诫授予者比丘们”之语,可得出有教诫授予者即有比丘共住之处,而非有所有比丘,然而在无教诫比丘尼者时,为了教诫与共住之事,为请求故必须前往,故应知由其他比丘,有比丘共住者仍然是有比丘共住。“Sā rakkhitabbāti”指应防护雨安居中断之罪。何以故?因“于灾祸时”等语。应问:“此布萨日为十四日?”显示巴利原文
148-9. Bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannā nāma parivattaliṅgā, pañcasatā sākiyāniyo vā. ‘‘Dhammadesanāpattimocanatthaṃ panā’’ti vacanato mātugāmaggahaṇena sabbattha bhikkhunīsaṅgahaṃ gacchatīti siddhaṃ. Bhikkhuniggahaṇena pana mātugāmo tiriyaṃ taraṇasikkhāpade (pāci. 187-190) saṅgahito, na aññattha. ‘‘Osāretabbā’’ti pāḷipāṭho, pāḷi osāretabbāti attho . ‘‘Osāretabba’’nti aṭṭhakathāpāḷi. Ekasmiṃ ṭhāne vandite dosābhāvato bahūsu ekāya vandite vaṭṭatīti ce? Bhikkhūhi kattabbaṃ natthi, bhikkhuniyāyeva kattabbaṃ, tasmā na vaṭṭati . ‘‘Yattha katthaci nisinnāyāti antodvādasahatthe nisinnāyā’’ti vadanti. Na nimantitā hutvā gantukāmāti nimantitā hutvā gantukāmā bhikkhū idha nādhippetā, vassaṃ upagantukāmāva adhippetāti attho. Yato panāti bhikkhunīvihārato. Tatthāti bhikkhunīvihāre. Kiñcāpi ‘‘ovādadāyakā bhikkhū’’ti vacanato ovādadāyakeheva sabhikkhuko āvāso hoti, na sabbehīti āpanno, tathāpi asati bhikkhunovādake ovādasaṃvāsānaṃ atthāya yācanatthāya avassaṃ gantabbattā aññehipi bhikkhūhi sabhikkhukopi sabhikkhuko evāti veditabbo. Sā rakkhitabbāti vassacchedāpatti rakkhitabbā. Kasmā? Āpadāsu hītiādi. ‘‘Ayaṃ uposatho cātuddasikoti pucchitabba’’nti vuttaṃ, tampi terasiyaṃyeva, etarahi pana bhikkhuniyo cātuddasiyaṃyeva gantvā ‘‘kadā ayya uposatho’’ti pucchanti. ‘‘Jāyāyo vā jāriyo vā’’ti adhippāyena vuttaṃ kira. ‘‘Gaccheyya ce, āpattī’’ti pāṭho. Dve tissoti dvīhi tīhi. Ekato āgatānaṃ vasena ‘‘tāhī’’ti bahuvacanaṃ vuttanti adhippāyo. ‘‘Ekā bhikkhunī vā bahū bhikkhunī vā bahūhi bhikkhunupassayehi ovādatthāya pesitā’’ti vacanassa vitthāro ‘‘bhikkhunisaṅgho ca ayya bhikkhuniyo cā’’tiādinā vutto. ‘‘Bhikkhunisaṅgho ca ayya bhikkhuniyo cā’tiādi nānāupassayehi pesitāya vacana’’nti ca ‘‘aparipuṇṇasaṅghapuggalanānāvāsadutiyavacanavasena pañcakkhattuṃ upasaṅkamanaṃ vutta’’nti ca likhitaṃ. Yasmiṃ āvāse pātimokkhuddeso na pavattati, tatthāpi yācanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā punadivase yena paṭiggahitaṃ, tena ‘‘natthi koci bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammato’’tiādi vattabbaṃ. Atthi ce sammato, niddisitabbo. ‘‘Sayameva ce sammato, aha’nti vattabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Sace sammato vā ovādapaṭiggāhako vā pātimokkhaṃ uddisati, aññena ārocāpetabbanti eke, ‘‘attanāpi ārocetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti ca vadanti. Kesuci potthakesu ‘‘ayyānaṃ pavāretī’’ti likhitaṃ, evaṃ sati ‘‘ayyassa pavāremī’’ti vattabbaṃ, potthake natthi.
二、日没学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Atthaṅgatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
153 Munātīti 即了知。Antaradhāyatipīti 此处:若有最上者,我见彼,或见种种者及其义。Taggha 即原因。Saha uppādamanantarā kiriyā 即与生起无间俱起的作用。Yamā ca te manasā katatra netvāti 即如你以意所作,引导至彼处后。如晨朝之莲花,晨朝即存在,晨朝时从水中出而安住;如是闪耀的鸯耆罗沙佛陀,你应见他,他不仅如莲花,亦如照耀、燃烧的太阳在虚空,这是关联。或者,你见鸯耆罗沙佛陀,如照耀的莲花,如燃烧的太阳。正如你见晨朝绽放、不离香、名为红莲的莲花,如是见照耀的鸯耆罗沙佛陀。以两者显示世尊之光辉后,对具足光辉功德的世尊恭敬,应供养那光辉;虽可供养,亦应渡过,应如此了知。“Ekato upasampannāyā”是圣典文句。显示巴利原文
153.Munātīti jānāti. Antaradhāyatipīti ettha taduttamaṃ ce atthi, taṃ passāmi, yaṃ vicittaṃ vā, tadatthañca. Taggha kāraṇaṃ. Saha uppādamanantarā kiriyā. Yamā ca te manasā katatra netvāti. Yathā pāto siyā pāto bhavaṃ pātova udakato uggantvā ṭhitaṃ, tathā virocamānaṃ aṅgīrasaṃ buddhaṃ passa, na kevalaṃ padumaṃ viya, virocamānaṃ tapantamādiccamivantalikkheti sambandho. Atha vā aṅgīrasaṃ buddhaṃ padumaṃva virocamānaṃ sūriyaṃva tapantaṃ passa buddhaṃ. Yathā pāto siyā phullamavītagandhaṃ kokanudasaṅkhātaṃ padumaṃ passasi, tathā virocamānaṃ aṅgīrasaṃ buddhaṃ passa. Ubhayeneva hi bhagavato kanti dīpitāti katvā dīpitaguṇasubhaṃ buddhaṃ sakkatvā taṃ kantiṃ pūjeyya. Pūjaneyyatopi vītināmeyya iti lakkhaye. ‘‘Ekato upasampannāyā’’ti pāḷi.
156 “Ekato upasampannāna”是义注文句。由“你不能”等语,出于悲悯而将共住弟子等从僧团住处驱出者,看似无罪。然而,长老不可能故意做此事,有人便说此处应寻求合理解释。但我的看法是,这是长老在学处制定之前所做的。显示巴利原文
156. ‘‘Ekato upasampannāna’’nti aṭṭhakathāpāṭho. ‘‘Abhabbo tva’’ntiādivacanato anukampāvasena saddhivihārikādiṃ saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhāpentassa anāpatti viya dissati. Abhabbo hi thero sañcicca taṃ kātuṃ, gavesitabbāva ettha yuttīti keci. Therena sikkhāpadapaññattito pubbe katanti mama takko.
三、比丘尼住处学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
162 根据“即使只住一夜”(波逸提第161条)这一语,有些人认为:在夜间不居住之处,可以前往教诫。如果这样,则前往约定处进行教诫也应可行。不应说:“只有在半由旬内有比丘共住的住处才行。”如果教诫比丘尼者愿行半由旬前去教诫,比丘尼僧团也愿行半由旬前来听受,那才可以说“可行”,但这未被允许,因此不可行。然而,最低限度的说法就是“即使只住一夜”。由此开始便成为住处,并非仅以“住处”的简略方式而为。凡比丘尼入雨安居之处,该处即算入住处之数,不应前往那里教诫。有些人说:在同一住处,白天时可以前往教诫。应当审察后采取较合理的说法。显示巴利原文
162. ‘‘Ekarattampi vasantī’’ti (pāci. 161) vacanato yattha rattiyaṃ na vasanti, tattha gantvā ovadituṃ vaṭṭatīti eke. Yadi evaṃ saṅketaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā ovadituṃ vaṭṭatīti siddhaṃ. ‘‘Tato addhayojaneyeva sabhikkhuko āvāso icchitabbo’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Bhikkhunovādako ce addhayojanaṃ gantvā ovaditukāmo hoti, bhikkhunisaṅgho ca addhayojanaṃ gantvā sotukāmo, ‘‘vaṭṭatī’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā, tañca na vuttaṃ, tasmā na vaṭṭati. Heṭṭhimaparicchedena pana ‘‘ekarattampī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tato paṭṭhāya upassayaṃ hoti, na upassayasaṅkhepena katamattenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yattha vāsūpagatā bhikkhuniyo, so upassayasaṅkhyaṃ gacchati, tattha na gantvā ovādo dātabbo. Ekāvāse divā vaṭṭatīti eke, vicāretvā yuttataraṃ gahetabbaṃ.
四、利养学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Āmisasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
164 “由僧团授予具足戒而未获认可者”——这是巴利原典的说法;又依注释书所说:“由认可者或僧团托付责任后而被任命者”。具足八支者,由认可者或有意远行者请求:“在我回来之前,此责任由你承担”而得到任命;若无此人,则由僧团同样托付责任而加以任命。此人能以八重法进行教诫,更不必说以其他法,此义已经成立。然而,“若有比丘未获认可而教诫比丘尼,犯波逸提”这句话,应知是针对未被托付责任而任命者所说。无畏山住者也持此见。而《随纽解》则驳斥此理,说“无有一人”等语,声称“现今的教诫者就是未获认可的比丘尼教诫者”;又说:“但是,《暗部注释书》中说:‘如果僧团并未以甘马语认可具足戒者,而是由比丘僧团向比丘尼僧团请求:“请给予护助,请教诫比丘尼,并令比丘僧团安稳而住”,如此请求而任命者,向比丘僧团告假之后,那位长老去教诫比丘尼,这便是所谓的僧团未认可者。’对于此说,应依所述之理取其义。”《古纽解》则说:“未认可者,是指听闻那些为接受教诫而来村落的比丘尼之言而给予作答的人,他是依僧团的许可,而不是依白四甘马。”此说与《随纽解》的见解相符,也与《暗部注释书》所说的话相符,亦与巴利原文相符。因为教诫接受者或……显示巴利原文
164. ‘‘Upasampannaṃ saṅghena asammata’’nti pāḷivacanato, ‘‘sammatena vā saṅghena vā bhāraṃ katvā ṭhapito’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanato ca aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato sammatena vā vippavasitukāmena ‘‘yāvāhaṃ āgamissāmi, tāva te bhāro hotū’’ti yācitvā ṭhapito, tassābhāvato saṅghena vā tatheva bhāraṃ katvā ṭhapito aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadituṃ labhati, pageva aññena dhammenāti siddhaṃ. ‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu asammato bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, pācittiya’’nti pageva bhāraṃ katvā aṭṭhapitaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Abhayagirivāsīnampi idameva mataṃ, anugaṇṭhipade pana imaṃ nayaṃ paṭikkhipitvā ‘‘natthi kocī’’tiādinā ‘‘etarahi ovādako asammato bhikkhunovādako nāmā’’ti vatvā ‘‘yaṃ pana andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ ‘upasampannaṃ saṅghena kammavācāya asammataṃ, bhikkhusaṅghena pana bhikkhunisaṅghassa anuggahaṃ karotha, bhikkhuniyo ovadatha, bhikkhusaṅghassa ca karotha phāsuvihāranti evaṃ yācitvā ṭhapito bhikkhusaṅghaṃ āpucchitvā, tato so thero bhikkhuniyo ovadati, evarūpaṃ bhikkhusaṅghena asammatanti, tatra vuttanayeneva attho gahetabbo’’ti vuttaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘asammato gāmaṃ ovādatthāya āgatānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā paṭivacanaṃ dento saṅghānumatiyā, na ñatticatutthenā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ anugaṇṭhipadamatena sameti, andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttavacanaṃ tena sameti, tañca pāḷivacanaṃ, na hi ovādapaṭiggāhako, pātimokkhuddesako vā ‘‘pāsādikena sampādetū’’ti vacanamattena bhikkhunovādako nāma hoti. Hotīti ce, anupasampannopi tattakena vacanena ‘‘bhikkhunovādako hotū’’ti vattabbo. Hotīti ce, yaṃ vuttaṃ gaṇṭhānugaṇṭhipadesu ‘‘asammato nāma asammatabhāvena ‘bahussuto tvaṃ ovadāhī’ti saṅghena bhāraṃ katvā ṭhapito’’ti. Ettha bāhusaccena kiṃ payojanaṃ. Anugaṇṭhipadeyeva ‘‘abhayagirivāsī vadatīti sutvā sammatena vā āṇatto ovadituṃ labhatīti dhammasiritthero pacchā anujānātī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kiṃ bahukāya. ‘‘Pāsādikena sampādetū’’ti ettakamattena bhikkhunovādako hoti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘bhāraṃ katvā’’ti iminā kiṃ payojanaṃ, tattakampi vattuṃ añño na labhati, tena ca ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ṭhapetvā bālaṃ gilānaṃ gamikaṃ avasesehi ovādaṃ gahetu’’nti (cūḷava. 414) ayaṃ pāḷi virujjheyya. Kathaṃ? Tassa hi ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ovādo na paccāharitabbo’’ti (cūḷava. 415) canato sammatāsammatabhāvena natthi kocīti ‘‘pāsādikena sampādetū’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā, vadanto ca idha paṭhamena āpattiyā kāretabbo hotīti. Hotu asammatattā, akatabhārattā ca. Imassa ca bhikkhunovādakatte imassa khīyanena dukkaṭaṃ siyā, sabbametaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘ayamettha bhikkhunovādako nāmā’’ti avuttattā tathā bhāraṃ katvā ṭhapito ovadituṃ labhatiyeva, nāññoti ācariyo.
五、施衣学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Cīvaradānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
169 169.“你会接受吗?”这是一个问句。显示巴利原文
169.Sādiyissasīti pucchā.
六、缝衣学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
176 “欺骗”指不说“是你的亲戚”,而只说“为一位比丘尼”,仅此而已。因为他们听到“为一位”这句话,便误以为是给亲戚的而缝制。在此学处中,律文仅说“衣者,六种衣中的任何一种衣”,因此注释解释说“所谓衣,即用以缠裹下身或披在上身之物”等。又有写“最后可入分的”,那是笔误。显示巴利原文
176.Vañcetvāti ‘‘tava ñātikāyā’’ti avatvā ‘‘ekissā bhikkhuniyā’’ti ettakameva vatvā, te hi ‘‘ekissā’’ti vacanaṃ sutvā aññātikāya santakasaññino sibbesuṃ. Imasmiṃ sikkhāpade ‘‘cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvara’’nti ettakameva pāḷi, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘cīvaranti yaṃ nivāsetuṃ vā pārupituṃ vā’’tiādi. ‘‘Vikappanupagaṃ pacchima’’nti ca likhitaṃ, so pamādalekho.
七、约定学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
181 “那些比丘尼污染(或败坏)”一句,应作变格理解。显示巴利原文
181. Tā bhikkhuniyo dūsayiṃsūti vipariṇāmo kātabbo.
182-4 “Sampadanti”意为逐句而行。依前所述之理,即“sampatanti etthāti sampāto”等。在逐句而行中,不得取用邻近之义,因为过于接近,便似成混杂。在《大注释书》中,以鸡鸣声范围为限。写有“彼亦以惯用语”。又云:“因多数场合如此安立,故注释书如此说,因此并非笔误”,以及“注释书以最高限度而言,自此以上,便构成半由旬的相状,应如此理解”。又云:“据说此是净地……不说不”。此处原因不易看清。但究竟指哪一段呢?说:“若约定‘我们去’,则犯恶作。”其中,“gacchāmā”是现在时的语态,而在非道、比丘尼住处等处,不可能有人在村落之间等以概略之道而行,也因高床座等生起之处故。既非外道卧处,也非出家者住处故。于门处,是依处格的近处,为显示此,又说了“于车道”。其余注释书说“即使在此中间约定,比丘亦犯恶作”,故说法不一。因为说“于村间”,所以仅在进入他村的近处时违犯。因为说“于半由旬”,所以仅在超越时方合理。显示巴利原文
182-4.Sampadantīti padasā gacchanti. Vuttanayenevāti ‘‘sampatanti etthāti sampāto’’tiādinā. Padagate upacāro na labbhati, accāsannattā missaṃ viya hotīti. Kukkuṭavassitaparicchinno mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ. ‘‘Tampi vohārenā’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Yebhuyyena tathā sanniveso hotīti katvā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā na pamādalekho’’ti ca, ‘‘ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ, tato uddhaṃ addhayojanalakkhaṇasampattaṃ nāma hotīti gahetabba’’nti ca vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kappiyabhūmi kirāyaṃ…pe… na vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Duddasañhettha kāraṇaṃ. Kataraṃ pana tanti? ‘‘Gacchāmāti saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘gacchāmā’’ti vattamānavacanantañca, amagge bhikkhunupassayādimhi na sambhavatiyeva manussānaṃ antaragharādimhi maggasaṅkhepagamanato, uccāsayanādiuppattiṭṭhānattā ca. Na titthiyaseyyāya vā pabbajitāvāsattā. Dvāreti samīpatthe bhummaṃ, tasmā taṃ dassetuṃ puna ‘‘rathikāyā’’ti āha. Sesaaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘etthantare saṃvidahitepi bhikkhuno dukkaṭa’’nti āgatattā na sameti. ‘‘Gāmantare’’ti vacanato aññagāmassa upacārokkamane eva āpatti. ‘‘Addhayojane’’ti vacanato atikkamaneyeva yuttaṃ.
185 “Raṭṭhabheda”意为掠夺。在《古纽解》中说:“三种约定亦可依时、日、道来区分,其中以最后一种方式违犯时,即构成犯戒。”意思是,如果舍弃“由此道”而改走他道,同样犯戒。显示巴利原文
185.Raṭṭhabhedeti vilope. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade ‘‘tayopi saṅketā kāladivasamaggavasena, tattha pacchimeneva āpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Iminā maggenā’’ti vissajjetvā aññena gacchanti ce, āpattiyevāti attho.
8. 登船学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
189 若问:“‘河流’从何处起算为异乡?”回答是:“即‘依某河流’等语。”所谓“以异乡计算”,是指除了登上该村渡口所属的村落之外,以其他村落来计算。阿阇梨有这样的思辨:“此处也将女性包含在内”,正因如此,才没有说“在同一方两处受具足戒者犯恶作,在学尼、沙弥尼无犯”。在其他类似情形中,道理亦同。显示巴利原文
189. Nadiyā kuto gāmantaranti ce? ‘‘Yassā nadiyā’’tiādimāha. Gāmantaragaṇanāyāti yasmiṃ gāmatitthe āruḷho, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññagāmagaṇanāya. ‘‘Mātugāmopi idha saṅgahaṃ gacchatī’’ti ācariyassa takko, teneva ‘‘ubhayattha ekato upasampannāya dukkaṭaṃ, sikkhamānāya sāmaṇeriyā anāpattī’’ti ca na vuttaṃ. Eseva nayo aññesupi evarūpesu.
191 既然说“以世间利养、交友为由,以嬉戏为先而约定”,是否应说这是不善心、是世间所呵责的呢?不应这样说,因为“以嬉戏为先”这句话是就多数情况而言的。而《古义疏》中说:“有三种心、三种受。”或者,在约定时,比丘是以嬉戏为先而约定,比丘是在进入异乡或超过半由旬时才犯戒。又或者,他在反思时是善心,或在观看塔庙等时是善心,或因疲劳而睡眠时是无记心——应知这里含纳了三种心。显示巴利原文
191. ‘‘Lokassādamittasanthavavasena keḷipurekkhārā saṃvidahitvā’’ti vuttattā akusalacittaṃ lokavajjanti vattabbanti? Na vattabbaṃ, ‘‘keḷipurekkhārā’’ti vacanaṃ yebhuyyatāya vuttaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade ca ‘‘tīṇi cittāni tisso vedanā’’ti vuttaṃ, saṃvidahanakāle vā keḷipurekkhāro bhikkhu saṃvidahati, āpatti bhikkhuno gāmantarokkamane, addhayojanātikkame vā. Kusalacitto vā hoti paccavekkhanto, cetiyādīni vā passanto, abyākatacitto vā hoti kilamathavasena niddāyantoti ticittāni gahitānīti veditabbā.
9. 熟食学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Paripācitasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
192 “Ceṭake”指幼童,“Taruṇapotake”指幼小者。注中说:“为断除恶比丘的羽翼而制此学处,故唯说五种主食犯戒。”显示巴利原文
192.Ceṭaketi dārake. Taruṇapotaketi porāṇā. ‘‘Pāpabhikkhūnaṃ pakkhupacchedāya idaṃ paññattaṃ, tasmā pañca bhojaneyevāpatti vuttā’’ti likhitaṃ.
194-7 “Nipphāditanti”并非由直接乞求而成,而是通过旁敲侧击等方式,故依此学处无犯,正是对此而说“一切处无犯”。法喜长老说:“因为第一学处中说‘依循谈话于彼处生信而施,此非熟食,是许可的’。”优波提舍长老则说:“另一情况也是许可的。”《古义疏》中说:“因提婆达多本就食用由比丘尼于彼处所熟之食,故以此事为缘而制此学处。”显示巴利原文
194-7.Nipphāditanti viññattiyā na hoti, kintu parikathādīhi, tasmā iminā sikkhāpadena anāpatti, taṃ sandhāya ‘‘sabbattha anāpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kathānusārena tattha pasīditvā denti, idaṃ paripācitaṃ na hoti, vaṭṭantī’’ti paṭhamasikkhāpade vuttattāti dhammasiritthero, upatissatthero pana ‘‘itarampi vaṭṭatiyevā’’ti āha. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘yasmā devadatto pakatiyā tattha bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ bhuñjati, tasmā imaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ nidānaṃ katvā idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññatta’’nti vuttaṃ.
10. 屏处坐学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
198 “以及依乌巴难达的第四学处”为原文。显示巴利原文
198. ‘‘Upanandassa catutthasikkhāpadena cā’’ti pāṭho.
4. 食品显示巴利原文
4. Bhojanavaggo
1. 住处食学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
203-4 “Pūgassāti”意为“由团体”。“Kukkuccāyantoti”:此处本应有出离,但以“我们不知道此事”为由给出了结论,故称为“追悔”。正如具寿优波离以归纳的方式说:“贤友,梦遗者无犯。”那为何长老不以此方式决断说“病者无犯”呢?因为律制非自己所能超越,因“这不是自己的范围”而拒绝,也因为学处尚未圆满。在第一波罗夷学处圆满制定之后,那位长老才依循“除梦遗者外”的文句而说“梦遗者无犯”。由于指定施食者只要不取尽便没有逼迫,所以说“不指定而取尽”。显示巴利原文
203-4.Pūgassāti pūgena. Kukkuccāyantoti nissaraṇenettha bhavitabbaṃ, taṃ mayaṃ na jānāmāti sanniṭṭhānassa karaṇavasena ‘‘kukkuccāyanto’’ti vuccati. Yathā hi āyasmā upāli nayaggāhena ‘‘anāpatti āvuso supinantenā’’ti (pārā. 78) āha, tathā theropi ‘‘anāpatti gilānassā’’ti kasmā na paricchindatīti? Anattādhikārattā vinayapaññattiyā, ‘‘nāyaṃ attano okāso’’ti paṭikkhittattā, sikkhāpadassa aparipuṇṇattā. Paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpade paripuṇṇaṃ katvā paññatteyeva hi so thero ‘‘anāpatti supinantenā’’ti āha ‘‘aññatra supinantā’’ti vuttapadānusārenāti. Yasmā odissa ayāvadattheva dāyakānaṃ pīḷā natthi, tasmā ‘‘anodissa yāvadattho’’ti vuttaṃ.
208 “在途中一日”是仅就一日而言。又,“同样的道理,为显示所说之理而说‘去而复返者’等”。又,“以清净心,仅按通常的行程而进食是许可的”。又,“无病却想为有病者,以身生起”。这些都已记载。显示巴利原文
208. ‘‘Antarāmagge ekadivasa’nti ekaṃyeva sandhāya vutta’’nti ca ‘‘eseva nayoti vuttanayameva dassetuṃ gantvā paccāgacchanto hītiādimāhā’’ti ca ‘‘suddhacitto hutvā pakatigamaneva bhuñjituṃ labhatī’’ti ca ‘‘agilānassa gilānasaññino kāyena samuṭṭhātī’’ti ca likhitaṃ.
2. 众食学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
209-218 “Guḷhapaṭicchanno”意为不明显、隐蔽。“一子”指各别的一份食物,不应说“我被他人邀请”。由于提到“若一起取食,即成为群食”,所以有些人认为:四位居士与四位比丘各自分别邀请后,若向站在伸手可及范围内的人施食,便成为群食。但这似乎不合理。记载中说:“因乞求而生起时,若大众一起取食,依此学处犯戒;若分别取食,则依美味食、饭食的乞求而犯戒。”又说:“依于事缘,注释书允许从乞求而生起。依饭食等,在那里便犯戒。”这并不合理。为何?因为《附随》中出现了两种情形,所以注释书所说“允许”是错谬的。应当说“在分别句中未说”,只是在事缘中明显而已。“一起取食”是指:即使已取了食物,只要其他人还在取食,而此人依然站着,便称为一起取食。他们说:“若离开,则无犯。”显示巴利原文
209-218.Guḷhapaṭicchannoti apākaṭova. Eko puttenāti ekassekaṃ bhattaṃ ‘‘ahaṃ aññena nimantito’’ti na vuccati. ‘‘Sace ekato gaṇhanti, gaṇabhojanaṃ hotī’’ti (pāci. aṭṭha. 217-218) vuttattā cattāro upāsakā cattāro bhikkhū visuṃ visuṃ nimantetvā hatthapāse ṭhitānaṃ ce denti, gaṇabhojanaṃ hoti evāti eke, taṃ na yuttaṃ viya. ‘‘Viññattito pasavane gaṇassa ekato gahaṇe iminā sikkhāpadena āpatti, visuṃ gahaṇe paṇītabhojanasūpodanaviññattīhī’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Viññattito pasavanaṃ aṭṭhuppattivasena aṭṭhakathāyaṃ anuññātaṃ. Sūpodanādivasena tattha āpatti evā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ na yuttaṃ. Kasmā? Parivāre (pari. 168) eva dvinnaṃ ākārānaṃ āgatattā, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anuññāta’’nti duvuttaṃ. Aṭṭhuppattiyaṃyeva pākaṭanti ‘‘padabhājane na vutta’’nti vattabbaṃ. Ekato gaṇhantīti gahitabhattāpi aññe yāva gaṇhanti, tāva ce tiṭṭhanti, ekato gaṇhantiyeva nāma. ‘‘Gacchati ce, anāpattī’’ti vadanti.
此处有言:“此处仅以接纳为准则。”既然如此,为何在圣典中说“群食,即四人……进食之处,这称为群食”呢?答道:“于……之处”是处格用于宾格的用法。“四人”是显示群体的最低界限。“五种食物”是显示足以犯戒的食物。“以某一种食物被邀请”是显示不如法的邀请。正因群食是依于邀请而说,故言“被邀请者进食”。而未曾说“请求某一种食物后进食”,是因为在事缘中已很明显。应理解为“他们所吃的食物”这样的关联。其中,“进食”是就接受者而言的规定,因为比丘们不吃未被接受的食物。这里的意思是:“由于群体从某人那里接受的食物之食事因缘,犯波逸提。”他们把为客比丘准备的布片,以无用的线粗略缝好后,放置在顺风处,用手拍打,使之成为单层。“valeti”意为翻转。“parivattana”是旋转,指为了让持线者容易拿取而转动线,以及为了让缝制者容易缝制而翻转布片。这里说的是新衣的制作者,而非其他人。他们说:“向频婆娑罗王禀告后,正当准备资具,时间已过;后来在群食学处制定后,才去亲近世尊询问。”若非如此,便与注释书相违。显示巴利原文
Etthāha – ‘‘paṭiggahaṇameva hettha pamāṇa’’nti vuttaṃ, atha kasmā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘gaṇabhojanaṃ nāma yattha cattāro…pe… bhuñjanti, etaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ nāmā’’ti (pāci. 218) vuttanti? Vuccati – yatthāti upayogatthe bhummavacanaṃ. Cattāroti gaṇassa heṭṭhimaparicchedanidassanaṃ. Pañcannaṃ bhojanānanti āpattippahonakabhojananidassanaṃ. Aññatarena bhojanena nimantitāti akappiyanimantananidassanaṃ. Nimantanavaseneva pana gaṇabhojanassa vuttattā ‘‘nimantitā bhuñjantīti vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ viññāpetvā bhuñjantī’’ti pana na vuttaṃ aṭṭhuppattiyaṃyeva pākaṭattā. Yaṃ bhuñjantīti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Tattha bhuñjantīti paṭiggāhakaniyamavacanaṃ. Na hi appaṭiggahitakaṃ bhikkhū bhuñjanti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘gaṇassa yato paṭiggahitāhārabhojanahetu pācittiya’’nti. Āgantukapaṭṭaṃ moghasuttena sibbitvā ṭhapenti, tattha anuvāte yathā ekatalaṃ hoti, tathā hatthehi ghaṭṭeti. Valetīti āvaṭṭeti. Parivattananti suttaṃ gaṇhantānaṃ sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ suttaparivattanaṃ karoti, paṭṭaṃ sibbantānaṃ sukhasibbanatthaṃ paṭṭaparivattanañca. Navacīvarakārako idhādhippeto, na itaroti. ‘‘Bimbisāraṃ āpucchitvā sambhāre kayiramāneyeva kālā atikkantā, pacchā gaṇabhojanasikkhāpade paññatte bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchī’’ti vadanti, aññathā aṭṭhakathāya virujjhanato.
220 220. “二人三人一起”等语句,表明即使接受了不如法的邀请,仅以不如法的邀请为缘而无犯,但若出于请求则犯。“未被邀请的第四人”,即那未被邀请而成为第四人的人。此法则是通用的。“引入”即令其坐下。衣施时所取得的四事、作衣时所取得的四事等。而那些食物,是指那些对此没有疑惑的食物。“大长老”指已受具足戒者。“不站立”即站立者显示了暗示。“到处去”即前往车道等处的比丘附近。然而,在此学处中,有的文本可见到这样的文句:“诸比丘,我允许在衣施时食用群食。世尊这样对诸比丘……”有些地方在说了“食用”之后,有“诸比丘,你们应这样诵此学处”的文句,这是善美的。显示巴利原文
220. ‘‘Dve tayo ekatoti yepi akappiyanimantanaṃ sādiyitvā’’tiādivacanena akappiyanimantanapaccayā eva anāpatti, viññattito āpattiyevāti dīpeti. Animantito catuttho yassa tadetaṃ animantitacatutthaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Pavesetvāti nisīdāpetvā. Cīvaradānasamayaladdhakacatukkaṃ cīvarakārasamayaladdhakacatukkanti evamādīni. Tāni cāti yehi bhojanehi visaṅketo natthi, tāni. Mahāthereti upasampanne. Aṭṭhatvāti ṭhitena nimittaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Tattha tattha gantvāti rathikādīsu bhikkhusamīpe gantvā. Imasmiṃ pana sikkhāpade katthaci potthake ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaradānasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūna’’nti pāṭho dissati. Katthaci ‘‘bhuñjitu’’nti vatvā ‘‘evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā’’ti pāṭho, ayaṃ sobhano.
3. 辗转食学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Paramparabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
221 221.“adhiṭṭhitā”指持续运作的。与枣粉、糖等混合的枣酱。“kirakammakārena”即“kira”的作业者。显示巴利原文
221.Adhiṭṭhitāti niccappavattā. Badaracuṇṇasakkarādīhi yojitaṃ badarasāḷavaṃ. Kirakammakārenāti kirassa kammakārena.
226 226.关于“作净后取用”一句,古长老们说:“在世尊面前未作净,从家中出来后,在车道处某位比丘的近前作了净。作净时应说:‘我将我的饭食期待给予某某。’另一方应说:‘你可以使用他的所有物,或依因缘处理。’”关于“在五位同法者中”,有些人说:若想对面前站立的同法者作净,但未见到那位同法者,则可在居士近前,或自己说“我在五位同法者中作净给某某”后食用。若如此,则长老坐在那里,发出这样的言语后接受,可知有这样的推论。然而,在《大护持》等中,只说了背对背的作净,这与“那么,阿难,你作净后取用吧”相符。尽管如此,《本母注释》中说:“因此,若有比丘在五位同法者中,对某一位说‘我将我的饭食期待给你’或‘我作净’,这样面对面地,或说‘我给某某’或‘我作净’,这样背对背地。”由此可知,应在同法者近前说,而非自己对自己说。由于后一种方式与《古义疏》也相符,因此这里应依《本母注释》来理解其义。在此,虽然从“那些人们……给了食物”等语句可知是不如法的邀请,但应知长老是因生起恶作的原因,才以食物被邀请的。否则显示巴利原文
226.‘‘Vikappetvā gaṇhāhī’’ti etthāhu porāṇattherā ‘‘bhagavato sammukhā avikappetvā gehato nikkhamitvā rathikāya aññatarassa bhikkhuno santike vikappesi, vikappentena pana ‘mayhaṃ bhattapaccāsaṃ itthannāmassa dammī’ti vattabbaṃ, itarena vattabbaṃ ‘tassa santakaṃ paribhuñja vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’’ti. Pañcasusahadhammikesūti sammukhā ṭhitassa sahadhammikassa yassa vikappetukāmo, taṃ sahadhammikaṃ adisvā gahaṭṭhassa vā santike, sayameva vā ‘‘pañcasu sahadhammikesu itthannāmassa vikappemī’’ti vatvā bhuñjitabbanti eke, evaṃ sati thero tasmiṃyeva nisinnova tathā vācaṃ nicchāretvā paṭiggaṇhātīti takko dissati. Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana parammukhā vikappanāva vuttā, sā ‘‘tena hānanda, vikappetvā gaṇhāhī’’ti iminā sameti, tathāpi mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. paramparabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘tasmā yo bhikkhu pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa ‘mayhaṃ bhattapaccāsaṃ tuyhaṃ dammī’ti vā ‘vikappemī’ti vā evaṃ sammukhā vā ‘itthannāmassa dammī’ti vā ‘vikappemī’ti vā evaṃ parammukhā vā’’ti vacanato sahadhammikassa santike eva vattabbaṃ, na sayamevāti dissati. Yasmā ayaṃ pacchimanayo porāṇagaṇṭhipadenapi sameti, tasmā idha mātikāṭṭhakathānusārena attho veditabbo. Ettha kiñcāpi ‘‘te manussā…pe… bhojanamadaṃsū’’ti vacanato akappiyanimantanaṃ paññāyati, tathāpi therassa kukkuccuppattikāraṇena bhattena so nimantitoti veditabbo. Aññathā parato ‘‘dve tayo nimantane ekato bhuñjatī’’ti vacanena, anāpattivārena ca virujjhati.
229 在此有这样的辨析:由于“另一人取钵,不应给与”的说法,后段与不清净邀请无关,唯前段与不清净邀请有关。因此,在“尊者,请明天也来”这句中,是哪一种不清净邀请?所以,此处意图才是关键。并非如此,因为“乞食后食用所得之食,犯戒”的说法。在此,“尊者,请明天也来”这句中,正如不单取字面语词,而是依不清净邀请的次第取其义;同样,“乞食后”这句中,也应理解为是指中途因不清净邀请所得之食。因为见到正在乞食者而说“尊者,请在此取食”,这样给予的也名为因不清净邀请所得。然而,依惯用语称为“乞食后所得之食”,应如此看待此成就。否则,便与《本母注释》中所说“依别众食中所说的方法,被五种食物邀请……他人的他人的食物”之语相违。因为此语阐明:由首先被邀请者,从彼处取首先邀请而去的他人的邀请施主之食物,故其义为:唯食用从邀请所得之食才犯戒。这也与“二、三邀请合为一”之语相符;否则,应只说“从被邀请者之食物,食用他人之食物”这么多,或于圣典中应只说“以邀请一同食用”这么多。为遮止第二邀请于第一食物犯戒之过,故说“由种种”等。显示巴利原文
229. Etthāyaṃ vicāraṇā – ‘‘añño manusso pattaṃ gaṇhāti, na dātabba’’nti vacanato aparabhāge akappiyanimantanena natthi payojanaṃ, pubbabhāgeyeva akappiyanimantanena payojananti svepi bhante āgaccheyyāthāti ettha kataraṃ akappiyanimantanaṃ, tasmā adhippāyo cettha pamāṇanti. Na, ‘‘piṇḍāya caritvā laddhabhattaṃ bhuñjati, āpattī’’ti vacanatoti. Tattha ‘‘svepi bhante’’ti ettha yathā vacanamattaṃ aggahetvā akappiyanimantanakkamena attho gahito, tathā ‘‘piṇḍāya caritvā’’ti etthāpi antarā akappiyanimantanena laddhabhattaṃ sandhāya vuttanti attho gahetabbo. Piṇḍāya hi carantaṃ disvā ‘‘ettha, bhante, bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti dinnampi akappiyanimantanena laddhaṃ nāma hoti. Vohārena pana ‘‘piṇḍāya caritvā laddhabhatta’’nti vuccati, evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Aññathā mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘gaṇabhojane vuttanayeneva pañcahi bhojanehi nimantitassa…pe… parassa parassa bhojane’’ti vuttavacanavirodho. Idañhi vacanaṃ yena paṭhamaṃ nimantito, tato paṭhamanimantitaṃ ādāya gato parassa parassa nimantanakadāyakassa bhojaneti atthaparidīpanato nimantanato laddhabhattassa bhojaneyeva āpattīti dīpeti. ‘‘Dve tayo nimantane ekato’’ti vacanenapi sameti, aññathā ‘‘yena nimantito, tassa bhojanato parassa bhojane’’ti ettakaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, pāḷiyaṃ vā ‘‘nimantanena ekatobhuñjatī’’ti ettakaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā. Dutiyanimantanassa paṭhamabhojane āpattippasaṅganivāraṇatthaṃ ‘‘yena yenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Nimantanapaṭipāṭiyā bhuñjatīti pāḷīti ce? Na, ‘‘anāpatti niccabhatte’’tiādipāḷivirodhato.
然《结文》中有如是记载:“若问:‘既已乞食而得食,为何不得受用?’因‘辗转食’者,谓于五种食物之一受到邀请,却搁置该请,转而受用五种食物中之另一种,此即名为辗转食。”若尔,常施食等亦成不得许可之过。若谓常施食乃特别指定者?不然。或因彼食为他人以己财所成,或因从僧团而得;若晨间所煮之粥浓稠,亦属此类;若比丘依近一屋之村而住,依乞食行所得之常施食,亦有成不清净之过。若谓依乞食行所得者,因招致邀请者之不净信故而不许?不然,以此语与“除五种食物外,一切无犯”之言相违故。即便嚼食,若食用他人已食之余,而不食所请之食,亦同样能令不净信生起,故招致不净信并非准绳,是故常施食等为特别指定者不成立。且与前所言之理相校,与此处所述之理相校,凡可受持者即当受持,此亦是一切某些阿阇梨之决断。然阿阇梨之决断,将于末后显明。有言:“饮乳或饮汁时,若不混合,亦属意图。”《结文》中写有:“下以饭混合,上而存留。”显示巴利原文
Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘piṇḍāya caritvā laddhabhattaṃ kasmā bhuñjituṃ na labhatīti ce? ‘Paramparabhojanaṃ nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantito, taṃ ṭhapetvā pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjati, etaṃ paramparabhojanaṃ nāmā’ti vuttattā’’ti likhitaṃ. Yadi evaṃ niccabhattādikampi na vaṭṭatīti āpajjatīti niccabhattādi odissakanti ce? Taṃ na, tadaññassa attano dhanena nipphannassa, saṅghato laddhassa vā pāto pacanakayāgu ce ghanā hoti, tassāpi, ekakuṭikaṃ gāmaṃ upanissāya viharato bhikkhācariyavasena labhitabbaniccabhattassa ca akappiyabhāvappasaṅgato. Tattha bhikkhācariyavasena laddhaṃ na kappati nimantanakānaṃ appasādāvahanatoti ce? Na, ‘‘pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpattī’’ti vacanavirodhato. Khādanīyampi hi parassa khāditvā bhuttattā nimantanabhojanaṃ abhuñjanto appasādaṃ karoti eva, tasmā appasādāvahaṃ appamāṇaṃ, tasmā niccabhattādi odissakaṃ na sambhavati. Apica heṭṭhā vuttanayena saddhiṃ idha vuttanayena saṃsanditvā yaṃ yaṃ khamati, taṃ taṃ gahetabbanti sabbopi kesañci ācariyānaṃ vinicchayo. Ācariyassa pana vinicchayo ante āvi bhavissati. ‘‘Khīraṃ vā rasaṃ vā pivato amissampīti adhippāyo’’ti vuttaṃ. Gaṇṭhipade ‘‘heṭṭhā odanenāmissetvā upari tiṭṭhatī’’ti likhitaṃ.
大优婆塞即家主。依《大注释》中“犯”之语,与《库伦达疏》中“许可”之语,似现相违。《大帕卡利》中有载:“二者之意趣已于其中审择。”又言:“关于行持,‘不告现前比丘’将于后文当说。”此语业非为判定。于此,依注释书“大优婆塞邀请比丘……后得食而食者犯。乞食已,食所得之食者犯”之语,依经中“我等清早已乞食而食”之语,依《犍度》“诸比丘,除邀请外,不应食他人之粥,若食者,应依法惩治”之语,无论告知或不告邀请事,凡先受邀请之比丘,于第一请食之外,受用任何属于他人之食物,皆成辗转食罪。若为自己所有、或从僧团与众人中所得、或非属在家者,则得许可;然常施食等,虽属他人,因首先系于邀请,故亦得许可。《犍度》中“诸比丘……应依法惩治”之语,是就属于他人之食物所作之制。是故阿阇梨言:“由此,掌中之物即无过。”显示巴利原文
Mahāupāsakoti gehasāmiko. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘āpattī’’ti vacanena kurundiyaṃ ‘‘vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanaṃ viruddhaṃ viya dissati. ‘‘Dvinnampi adhippāyo mahāpaccariyaṃ vicārito’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Cārittatoti ‘santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā’ti parato vattabbato’’ti vuttaṃ. Vacīkammaṃ avikappanaṃ. Ettha ‘‘mahāupāsako bhikkhū nimanteti…pe… pacchā laddhaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjantassa āpatti. Piṇḍāya caritvā laddhabhattaṃ bhuñjati, āpattī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vacanato, ‘‘kālasseva piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjimhā’’ti pāḷito, khandhake ‘‘na ca, bhikkhave, aññatra nimantane aññassa bhojjayāgu paribhuñjitabbā, yo paribhuñjeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti (mahāva. 283) vacanato ca nimantetvā vā pavedetu animantetvā vā, paṭhamagahitanimantanassa bhikkhuno paṭhamanimantanabhojanato aññaṃ yaṃ kiñci parasantakaṃ bhojanaṃ paramparabhojanāpattiṃ karoti. Attano santakaṃ, saṅghagaṇato laddhaṃ vā agahaṭṭhasantakaṃ vaṭṭati, nimantanato paṭhamaṃ nibaddhattā pana niccabhattādi parasantakampi vaṭṭati. Khandhake ‘‘na ca , bhikkhave…pe… yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti (mahāva. 283) vacanaṃ parasantakabhojanavuttaniyamanaṃ. Tato hatthakova no takkoti ācariyo.
4. 独眼母学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Kāṇamātāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
31-3 “向后方望”意指后方之处。“依饼之计数”者,意为“依余残之饼的计数”。若怀有“此为旅粮等目的而备”之想而取,以此学处非故意犯故,乃为犯。若取已受持者,则实不能脱罪。然于不分享之情形,因不如法故无犯。所谓“非故意犯”,有者认为仅因不知制戒,而非不知对象。此说不然,因《母疏》未将“知为旅粮等目的而备”列为要素。然《古箧释》中如是说:“若一人或多人,从已满二、三钵者中取食,他们不告而取,或自知而取他物者,得恶作。若四人或三人共入一处,一人取满两钵,第二人取时,若第一人不遮止,第一人得波逸提。若遮止,则无犯,唯第二人得恶作。”若故意不说,据《古箧释》所说之理,得波逸提;据《母疏》之理,得恶作。其中,第五要素说为“取超余”,故因未受持而非波逸提,但因应作而未作,故得恶作。否则,此亦将成为亦作亦不作,则应说“不遮止”或“不告知”为第六要素。至于“或属同一部派者”,此处说:“若近处住处之比丘,或来至近处座堂者,若知其等‘不受由异部派者持来之物,或唯施净人等’,则可于其受用处施与。”此乃某些自许持律者之说。显示巴利原文
31-3.Paṭiyālokanti pacchimaṃ desaṃ. Pūvagaṇanāyāti atirittapūvagaṇanāyāti attho. Sace ‘‘apātheyyādiatthāya sajjita’’nti saññāya gaṇhāti, acittakattā sikkhāpadassa āpatti eva. Atha uggahitaṃ gaṇhāti, na muccatiyeva. Asaṃvibhāge pana anāpatti akappiyattā. Acittakatā paññattijānanābhāveneva, na vatthujānanābhāvenāti eke. Na, mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘pātheyyādiatthāya sajjitabhāvajānana’’nti aṅgesu avuttattā. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade panevaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘ekena vā anekehi vā dvattipattapūresu gahitesu tesaṃ anārocanena vā sayaṃ vā jānitvā yo aññaṃ gaṇhāti, tassa dukkaṭaṃ. Ekato tīsu, catūsu vā paviṭṭhesu ekena ce dvepattapūrā gahitā, dutiye dve gaṇhante paṭhamo ce na nivāreti, paṭhamassa pācittiyaṃ. Nivāreti ce, anāpatti, dutiyasseva dukkaṭa’’nti. Sace sañcicca na vadati, porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttanayena pācittiyaṃ, mātikāṭṭhakathāvasena (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. kāṇamātāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Atirekapaṭiggahaṇa’’nti tattha pañcamaṃ aṅgaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā appaṭiggahitattā na pācittiyaṃ, kattabbākaraṇato pana dukkaṭaṃ. Aññathā kiriyākiriyaṃ idaṃ āpajjati, anivāraṇaṃ, anārocanaṃ vā chaṭṭhaṅgaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā. Ekanikāyikānaṃ vāti ettha ‘‘āsannavihārabhikkhū, āsannaāsanasālāgatā vā sace visabhāgehi ānītaṃ na paṭiggaṇhanti, ‘ārāmikādīnaṃyeva vā dāpentī’ti jānāti, yattha paribhogaṃ gacchati, tattha dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Dvattipattapūrā’ti vacanato pacchiādīsu adhikampi gaṇhato anāpattī’’ti keci vinayadharamānino vadanti, taṃ tesaṃyeva nisīdatu, ācariyā pana ‘‘pacchiādīsupi ukkaṭṭhapattassa pamāṇavasena dvattipattapūrā gahetabbā. Ukkaṭṭhaparicchedakathā hesā’’ti vadanti.
5. 第一自恣学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Paṭhamapavāraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
236 在缘起中,“已受请”一语虽仅指“已受请”,然此处所指实为后者。显示巴利原文
236.Yāvadatthapavāraṇāyapavāritā kiñcāpi ‘‘pavāritā’’icceva adhippetā aṭṭhuppattiyāva, atha kho pacchimāva idhādhippetā.
237 因说“这一切已足够”,故称为“超余”。其意为:“比丘,这些对你也是多余的,除此之外更无所得。”显示巴利原文
237.‘‘Alametaṃ sabba’’nti vuttattā atirittaṃ nāma hoti. Bhikkhussa idampi te adhikaṃ, ito aññaṃ na lacchatīti kira attho.
238-9 由“食物现前”一句,即已成就“已食”之义,故不别立义理。若别有义,则为显示六支。文中“此为……”等,是显示自恣五支。“Varako”是指任何一种遮止者。“若生起自恣,则另作饭粒、净水,即不生自恣。饮粥者先饮水即可。残底之粒不生自恣”——此有记载。优波提舍长老说“即生起”,诸阿阇梨不许此说。“炒粉”即米粉。以炒谷粉捏成团所作之丸,称为“谷粉丸”。显示巴利原文
238-9. ‘‘Asanaṃ paññāyatī’’ti eteneva ‘‘bhuttāvī’’ti etassa siddhattā visuṃ atthasiddhi natthi. Yadi atthi, aṅgānaṃ chakkattadassananti. Vuttampi cetantiādi pavāraṇaṅgānaṃ pañcakattadassanaṃ. Varakoti yo koci varako. ‘‘Pavāraṇaṃ pana janetiyevāti visuṃ sitthaṃ vodakaṃ karonti, pavāraṇaṃ na janeti. Yāguṃ vā pivanto paṭhamaṃ udakaṃ pivati, vaṭṭati. Avasiṭṭhaṃ heṭṭhāsitthaṃ pavāraṇaṃ na janetī’’ti likhitaṃ. Upatissatthero ‘‘janetiyevā’’ti vadati, taṃ na icchanti ācariyā. Bhajjitapiṭṭhanti taṇḍulacuṇṇameva. Bhajjitasattuyo piṇḍetvā katamodako sattumodako.
据说,法喜长老说:因说「仅粥粒……遮止,非自恣」,故饮用了掺入外道步行虫等所煮之粥者,若遮止其他同类者,则不成为自恣。若遮止他物,则不成为遮止食。何以故?因为没有被称作「食」的未完成食事。若在食堂进食,遮止尚未到达自己份内而被人持来的食物,则不成为遮止食。虽能随意遮止,但若净人已将其倒入钵中,从此便不得再食。因为这属于佛陀所呵斥的邪命所得。譬如恶戒者从僧团中拔出食团来施与,遮止彼食则不成为遮止食,此中道理也是如此。有说:「若是异部派中有惭者施与,因为不想与他共同受用而遮止,便成为自恣。」「于行食时」即是在施食之处。「因说‘肉与汁’‘肉与汁与肉汁’都会犯,所以一说‘肉汁’而遮止便成立,并非以‘肉之汁为肉汁’的构词解义为意」有人这样说。所谓「肉粥」……乃至……「可」者,即是纯粥。那只是一种不成为自恣的杂粥,因此不是自恣,所以后文说「此不应与粥等同」等等。因此说:「持彼来而说‘取酸粥’者遮止,则不成为自恣」以及「因为没有说‘取杂粥’,所以说‘混合后各别而施’」。在「粥杂」这个词中,没有堪能自恣者的名目,因此若那里粥较多或与饭相等,则不成为自恣。何以故?因为在那时,持来者与遮止者都执有粥想。若粥稀、饭较多,则成为自恣。何以故?因为在那时,二者……显示巴利原文
‘‘Yāgusitthamattāneva dve…pe… paṭikkhipati, na pavāretī’’ti vuttattā paracaṅkamacchādayo pakkhipitvā pakkayāguṃ pivanto sace aññaṃ tādisaṃyeva paṭikkhipati, pavāraṇā na hotīti kira dhammasiritthero. Sace aññaṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Kasmā? Asanasaṅkhātassa vippakatabhojanassābhāvato. Bhojanasālāyaṃ bhuñjanto ce, attano apāpuṇanakoṭṭhāsaṃ abhihaṭaṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Kāmaṃ paṭikkhipati, patte pana ārāmiko ākirati, tato bhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Idañhi buddhappaṭikuṭṭhaanesanāya uppanneyeva saṅgahaṃ gacchati. Yathā hi saṅghato uddhaṭapiṇḍaṃ dussīlo deti, taṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti, evaṃsampadamidaṃ. ‘‘Visabhāgo lajjī ce deti, taṃ tena sambhogaṃ akattukāmatāya paṭikkhipati, pavāretīti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Parivesanāyāti bhattagge. ‘‘Maṃsena rasaṃ, maṃsañca rasañca maṃsarasanti āpajjanato ‘maṃsarasa’nti vutte paṭikkhepato hoti, maṃsassa rasaṃ maṃsarasanti viggaho nādhippeto’’ti vuttaṃ. Maṃsakarambako nāma…pe… vaṭṭatīti suddhayāgu eva hoti. Appavāraṇamissakakarambakoyeva hoti, tasmā na pavāreti, tena vuttaṃ parato ‘‘idañca karambakena na samānetabba’’ntiādi, tasmā ‘‘taṃ abhiharitvā kañjiyaṃ gaṇhathā’ti vadantaṃ paṭikkhipati, pavāraṇā na hotī’’ti ca ‘‘missakayāguṃ gaṇhathā’ti avuttattā ‘sammissitaṃ visuṃ katvā detī’ti vuttattā’’ti ca vuttaṃ, yasmā yāgumissakanti ettha padadvaye pavāraṇārahassa nāmaggahaṇaṃ natthi, tasmā tatra ce yāgu bahutarā vā hoti samasamā vā, na pavāreti. Kasmā? Tattha abhihārakapaṭikkhepakānaṃ yāgusaññattā. Yāgu ce mandā, bhattaṃ bahutaraṃ, pavāreti. Kasmā? Tesaṃ ubhinnampi tattha bhinnasaññattāti takko ācariyassa. Bhattamissake pavāraṇārahassa nāmassa sabbhāvato sabbadā pavāreti eva. Missake pana vuttanayena kāraṇaṃ vattabbaṃ. Visuṃ katvā detīti yathā bhattasiṭṭhaṃ na patati, tathā gāḷhaṃ hatthena pīḷetvā parissāvetvā deti.
“作非许可”即:此处,即使由未令作净者令芭蕉果等作净后,将剩余之物作净,除了该芭蕉果等,其余的可以食用。而“无作净作者”,则应将它们作净后放入其他容器中,作剩余物后食用。为何?他们说:“因为先前在他们之中未进行律仪之业。”由“已食者、已拒绝者、从座起者所作”之语,已食者、未拒绝者、从座起者应作,此即成立。因此说:“早晨行路之二人中,一人已拒绝而未起座,他坐下;另一人托钵所得之食,自己未食亦可作‘此尽作净’”,此于白分(白半月)中,仅由“已食者所作”即成立;于该分中,己之七支不圆满,于黑分(黑半月)中,应知是依比例说七支。由已食者、未拒绝者、从座起者,或未起座者所作,是适宜的。然而,为说明“已拒绝者、未起座者”此义理,亦可说“七支”。彼(先作者)不可再作,因为先作之后,若再作则有再作之过。因为所说“未作者,应作”。若彼(先作者)又欲作,则可于其他容器中作先前未作之净。第二人于第一容器亦可作。因为所说“于何处未作,即于何处应作”。正为指此义理,故写道:“以何物先作净,彼不可再作,应以他物作。”此处“taṃ”即“彼先所作”之义。“遣使作净”即:若未具足者前往,由彼处之一位比丘接受后,应由另一位作净;于彼处唯此一人亦不可作。他们说:“由‘凡为病者而施’等语,于精舍等处,乃至病者所及之角落,亦名病者剩余物,因此适宜。”“为食之故”即某些人认为“即于非时”。显示巴利原文
Akappiyakatanti ettha ‘‘kappiyaṃ akārāpitehi kadalipphalādīhi saddhiṃ atirittaṃ kappiyaṃ kārāpetvāpi taṃ kadalipphalādiṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Amissakarasattā puna tāni kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā aññasmiṃ bhājane ṭhapetvā atirittaṃ kāretvā bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Kasmā? Pubbe tesu vinayakammassa anāruḷhattā’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Bhuttāvinā ca pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena kata’’nti vacanato bhuttāvinā appavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena kattabbanti siddhaṃ, tasmā ‘‘pātova addhānaṃ gacchantesu dvīsu eko pavārito avuṭṭhito tattha nisīdati, so itarena piṇḍāya caritvā laddhaṃ bhikkhaṃ attanā abhutvāpi ‘alametaṃ sabba’nti kātuṃ labhati evā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ sukkapakkhe ‘‘bhuttāvinā kataṃ hotī’’ti imināva siddhaṃ, tasmiṃ pakkhe attano sattaṅgāni na pūrenti, kaṇhapakkhe paṭibhāgena satta vuttānīti veditabbaṃ. Bhuttāvinā appavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena, avuṭṭhitena vā kataṃ hoti, vaṭṭati. ‘‘Pavāritena āsanā avuṭṭhitenevā’’ti imaṃ pana atthavikappaṃ dīpetuṃ ‘‘sattaṅgāni vuttānī’’tipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. So puna kātuṃ na labhati paṭhamaṃ katassa puna teneva kattabbappasaṅgato. Yañca akataṃ, taṃ kattabbanti hi vuttaṃ. Atha sova paṭhamo puna kattukāmo hoti, aññasmiṃ bhājane pubbe akataṃ kātuṃ labhati. Dutiyo paṭhamabhājanepi kātuṃ labhati. ‘‘Yena akataṃ, tena kātabba’’nti hi vuttaṃ. Imamevatthaṃ sandhāya ‘‘yena yaṃ paṭhamaṃ kappiyaṃ kataṃ, tameva so puna kātuṃ na labhati, aññena kātabba’’nti likhitaṃ. Tattha tanti taṃ paṭhamaṃ katanti attho. Pesetvā kāretabbanti ettha anupasampanno ce gato, tatraṭṭhena ekena bhikkhunā paṭiggāhetvā aparena kāretabbanti tattha ekova evameva kātuṃ na labhatīti. ‘‘Yaṃ kiñci gilānaṃ uddissā’tiādivacanato vihārādīsu gilānassa pāpuṇanakoṭṭhāsampi gilānātirittaṃ nāma, tasmā vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Āhāratthāyāti vikāle evāti eke.
241 241. 身业即由吞咽(受取)。语业即由言语“尊者,请作剩余物”之令作,应如是知。显示巴利原文
241. Kāyakammaṃ ajjhoharaṇato. Vacīkammaṃ vācāya ‘‘atirittaṃ karotha bhante’’ti akārāpanenāti veditabbaṃ.
6. 第二邀请学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Dutiyapavāraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
243 243.“即是共通的”:指一切自恣所通用的语句——“随你所欲而取”此句。显示巴利原文
243.Sādhāraṇamevāti sabbapavāraṇānaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ ‘‘yāvattakaṃ icchasī’’ti idaṃ.
7. 非时食学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
247-9 247-249. Naṭānaṃ(演员的)nāṭakāni 即戏剧,naṭanāṭakāni 即“取寒”等剧目。Mūlañca taṃ khādanīyañcā 意为“既是根又是嚼食”,故称根嚼食。一切处皆同此理。Piṭṭha 即粉末。Khārakamūla 即 yūpasamūla(羊蹄甲根)。Caccumūla 即 neḷiyamūla(尼利雅根)。Tambakaṃ 即 vacaṃ(芦荟)。Taṇḍuleyyakaṃ 即 cūḷakuhu(小葫芦)。Vatthuleyyakaṃ 即 mahākuhu(大葫芦)。Vajakali 即 nikoṭṭhaṃ(尼果塔树脂)。Jajjharī 即 hirato(希拉多树脂)。显示巴利原文
247-9. Naṭānaṃ nāṭakāni naṭanāṭakāni, sītāharaṇādīni. Mūlañca taṃ khādanīyañcāti mūlakhādanīyaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Piṭṭhanti cuṇṇaṃ. Khārakamūlanti yūpasamūlaṃ. Caccumūlaṃ neḷiyamūlaṃ. Tambakaṃ vacaṃ. Taṇḍuleyyakaṃ cūḷakuhu. Vatthuleyyakaṃ mahākuhu. Vajakali nikoṭṭhaṃ. Jajjharī hirato.
Koṭṭhaṃ 是指 jaraṭṭhaṃ(陈旧竹节)。Gaṇṭhi 是指 muhukulamudu(木胡库拉木都),vicayattha 是指 vajamuju(瓦贾木朱),vaduḷavi(瓦杜拉维)亦然。显示巴利原文
Koṭṭhaṃ jaraṭṭhaṃ vuccati. Gaṇṭhi muhukulamudu vicayattha vajamuju vaduḷavi.
Vajjayeti:即 kiṃsuka(印度紫葳)、haliddi(姜黄)。Kaseruko:即 kaṭibalavanti,此为其名。Ambāṭakaṃ:即 amūlaka(无根)、piḍhala(皮达拉)、kakkula(卡库拉)。Masālu:即 kinaḷa(基纳拉)。Āluva:即 kaḷi(卡利)、taḍḍhiaḷi(塔迪亚利)、alasa(阿拉萨)、kaṭissala namedati mera(卡提萨拉名为梅拉)。Siggu:即 sīri(西利)、koḷa(科拉)、kālakaṃ(卡拉卡)、nekaḷavi(内卡拉维)。Khīravallikando:即 tumūroriyo hoti(图穆罗利耶)。Saṅkhato:即 dhovanameva(唯洗净)。此即记为“parisaṅkhāro”(加净)。Khīrakākolī:即 kirikaveḷi(基利卡维利)。Jīvikaṃ:即 jīvihi(吉维希)。Usabhaka:即 ummasuviyi(乌马苏维耶)。显示巴利原文
Vajjayetime kiṃsukaṃ, haliddi. Kaseruko, kaṭibalavanti tassa nāmaṃ. Ambāṭakaṃ amūlakaṃ piḍhala kakkula. Masālu kinaḷa. Āluva kaḷi taḍḍhiaḷi alasa kaṭissala namedati mera. Siggu sīri koḷa kālakaṃ nekaḷavi. Khīravallikando tumūroriyo hoti. Saṅkhato dhovanameva. Ayaṃ ‘‘parisaṅkhāro’’ti likhitaṃ. Khīrakākolī kirikaveḷi. Jīvikaṃ jīvihi. Usabhaka ummasuviyi.
Hintālaṃ:即 kitili(基提利)。Kuntāla:即 toho(托霍)。Tilisatā:即 padikaḷiro(帕迪卡利罗)、paṭasevalakaḷi(帕塔塞瓦拉卡利)。Karamandakaṃ:即 karamba(卡拉姆巴)、daṇḍokira(丹多基拉)、udakajoti(乌达加乔提)、kaṇḍako(坎达科)。文中亦写有“Siṅghātakotipi vuccatī”(亦名辛哈塔科)。Phaggava:即 hakiḷi(哈基利)。Nattamāla:即 karañji(卡兰吉)。显示巴利原文
Hintālaṃ kitili. Kuntāla toho tilisatā padikaḷiro paṭasevalakaḷi. Karamandakaṃ karamba daṇḍokira udakajoti kaṇḍako. ‘‘Siṅghatakotipi vuccatī’’ti likhitaṃ. Phaggava hakiḷi. Nattamālanti karañji.
Sellu:即 loholiyaṃ(洛霍利亚)。Kāsamaddaka:即 kuduvavali(库杜瓦瓦利)、anasikina(阿纳西基那)。Ummādiya:即 melelidiya(梅雷利迪亚)。Cīnamuggo:即 venamutti(维纳穆提)、huramugga(胡拉穆加)。Rājamāso:即 māhaviliti(马哈维利)。Aggimanto:即 muñci(蒙奇)。Sunipaṇṇako:即 tipilavanināḷikā(提皮拉瓦纳利卡)、tilaka(提拉卡)。Bhūmiyaṃ jātaloṇīti,此处因“盐”之名通用,故特加“地上”以作区别而说。Brahmīpattaṃ:即 demeteye paṇasā(德梅特耶波纳萨)。若放宽而论,即是“Dīpavāsino vadantī(岛民所说)”。为何作此说?答:“因为‘于嚼食中散布’之相不共通故”,如是而说。Padeliviniteki(帕德利维内特基)。Sulasipaṇṇanti:即 tasāpalikaṃ(塔萨帕利卡)。显示巴利原文
Sellu loholiyaṃ. Kāsamaddaka kuduvavali anasikina. Ummādiya melelidiya. Cīnamuggo venamutti huramugga. Rājamāso māhaviliti. Aggimanto muñci. Sunipaṇṇako tipilavanināḷikā tilaka. Bhūmiyaṃ jātaloṇīti ettha loṇīnāmassa sādhāraṇattā ‘‘bhūmiya’’nti visesetvā vuttaṃ. Brahmīpattaṃ demeteye paṇasā. ‘‘Dīpavāsino vadantī’’ti sithilaṃ katvā kasmā vuttanti ce? ‘‘Khādanīyatthaṃ pharatīti lakkhaṇena asamānattā’’ti vuttaṃ. Padeliviniteki. Sulasipaṇṇanti tasāpalikaṃ.
Agandhikapupphaṃ,亦称karissayeti(卡里萨耶提)、cekavādidapuppha(切卡瓦迪达花)、celepatimala(切勒帕提玛拉)。Jīvantīpupphaṃ,亦称jīvitandigamala(吉维坦迪加玛拉)。Bakula,亦称muthuvala(穆图瓦拉)。Kuyyaka,亦称punapunnāma(普纳普纳玛)、punarā(普纳拉)、jātisumana(贾提苏玛那)。Navamālikā,亦称cehemala(切赫玛拉)。显示巴利原文
Agandhikapupphaṃ karissayeti cekavādidapupphaṃ celepatimalaṃ. Jīvantīpupphaṃ jīvitandigamala. Bakula muthuvala. Kuyyaka punapunnāmapunnarā, jātisumana. Navamālikā cehemala.
Tintiṇika,亦称kacinī(卡奇尼)、vileyi(维雷伊)。Mātuluṅga,亦称lavano(拉瓦诺)。Pussaphala,亦称supuli(苏普利)。Timbarūsaka,亦称tigibberehiti(提吉贝雷希提)、susatudhuta(苏萨杜杜塔)。Tipusavātiṅgaṇa,亦称dhutatikeṇa paṭiyi(杜塔提凯那帕提伊)。Coca,亦称variyiyeli(瓦利伊耶利)。Moca,亦称atireli(阿提雷利)。Goṭṭhaphalaṃ,某些人称之为pūvaphala。Koṭṭhase,亦称kira acchiva(基拉阿奇瓦)。显示巴利原文
Tintiṇika kacinī vileyi. Mātuluṅga lavano. Pussaphala supuli. Timbarūsaka tigibberehiti susatudhuta. Tipusavātiṅgaṇa dhutatikeṇa paṭiyi. Coca variyiyeli. Moca atireli. Goṭṭhaphalaṃ pūvaphalanti eke. Koṭṭhase kira acchiva.
Asamussi,某些人称之为bimba(宾巴)。Kāsmarīti,亦即sepaṇṇi(塞潘尼)。Atitemeti,亦即kariyametissa(卡里亚梅提萨)。Jātiphalaṃ,亦即kataṃmeti(卡塔梅提)。Kaṭukaphalaṃ,亦即tiriraka(提里拉卡)。显示巴利原文
Asamussi bimba iti keci. Kāsmarīti sepaṇṇi. Atitemeti kariyametissa. Jātiphalaṃ kataṃmeti. Kaṭukaphalaṃ tiriraka.
Taruṇaphalaṃ,指嫩果(kiriupulu)。Pokkharaṭṭhi,指莲籽(kiñcakkhaṭṭhi)。Siddhatthakaṃ,指芥子,为白色。Rājikaṃ,指芥子,为红色。显示巴利原文
Taruṇaphalaṃ kiriupulu. Pokkharaṭṭhi kiñcakkhaṭṭhi. Siddhatthakaṃ sāsapaṃ setavaṇṇaṃ. Rājikaṃ rattaṃ hoti.
Hiṅguṃ即阿魏,hiṅgujatu是一切阿魏制品的总称。其中,所谓的hiṅgujatu(阿魏枝),是将叶与枝煮制而成。煮枝而制成的称为sipāṭikā;也有说,是与其他物混合制成。Takaṃ即kaṭṭhajanti、aggikeḷini。Nikitissā即kālesayo。Timera即takapatti,是将侧枝叶煮制而成。有记载:‘Takapaṇṇi sāvati,应仅以此法制作。’显示巴利原文
Hiṅguṃ hiṅgujatunti sabbāpi hiṅguvikatiyo. Ettha hiṅgujatu nāma pattasākhā pacitvā kātabbā. Sākhā pacitvā katā sipāṭikā. Aññehi missetvā katāti keci. Takaṃ kaṭṭhajanti aggikeḷini. Nikitissākālesayo. Timera, takapatti pasākhāpatte pacitvā kātabbā. ‘‘Takapaṇṇi sāvati eva kātabbā’’ti likhitaṃ.
8. 蓄藏食物学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
253 “Aparajju”的意思是“储存”。所谓“今日受持”,并非仅仅指受持,也包括了执取。因此,注释书中说:“‘受持,犯恶作’——像这样,对于任何已作储存的,无论是时药还是夜分药,若以想要食用的心执取,在受持时即犯恶作。”如果那只是最初受持,就不应说“在受持时”,故知这是指“在自己时间内执取的,称为今日受持”。显示巴利原文
253. Aparajju sannidhi nāma hotīti attho. Ajja paṭiggahitanti na kevalaṃ paṭiggahitameva, atha kho uggahitakampi, teneva aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ sannidhikataṃ yaṃ kiñci yāvakālikaṃ vā yāmakālikaṃ vā ajjhoharitukāmatāya gaṇhantassa paṭiggahaṇe tāva āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi taṃ paṭhamameva paṭiggahitaṃ, ‘‘paṭiggahaṇe tāvā’’ti na vattabbaṃ, tasmā veditabbametaṃ ‘‘attano kāle gahitaṃ ajja paṭiggahita’nti vutta’’nti.
有人问:如同五种药作为受持物并非所许,因其不可食用,超过七日亦不犯;同样,此处的受持物也不应所许吗?答:在药物学处中,受持物非所许是合理的,因为仅由超过自身时限,彼处即有犯戒之过。但在此处则不合理,因为仅由超过自身时限并无犯戒之过。此处意谓,唯由食用方成犯戒。因此,据《小注》之见,今日受持后于次日食用者,犯二罪。显示巴利原文
Etthāha – yathā pañca bhesajjāni uggahitakāni anadhippetāni. Sattāhātikkame anāpatti anajjhoharaṇīyattā, tathā idhāpi uggahitakaṃ nādhippetanti? Ettha vuccati – bhesajjasikkhāpade (pārā. 618 ādayo) uggahitakaṃ nādhippetanti yuttaṃ attano kālātikkamanamattena tattha āpattippasaṅgato. Ettha na yuttaṃ attano kālātikkamanamattena āpattippasaṅgābhāvato. Ajjhoharaṇeneva hi ettha āpattīti adhippāyo, tasmā anugaṇṭhipadamatena ajja uggahetvā punadivase bhuñjanto dve āpattiyo āpajjati.
对此有如此辨析:自己想要食用,今日受持后于次日食用,犯二罪。若只为沙弥等而受持、取用,于次日受持后食用,不应令其犯戒。“受持,犯恶作”——此处的意旨是:若如贝拉塔西沙那样,为第二、第三日等之用,今日受持后交沙弥等保管,则他于次日为食用而受持时,或犯恶作。若他自己保管存放,次日见有掉落之垃圾,或因疑惑而受持,则从受持本身即可能犯恶作。若不作受持,则无此恶作。这被说为“如同‘若跨过一只脚,犯偷兰遮’等”。然而,若一次跨过两只脚,则无此偷兰遮,应知此理相同。于此,法喜长老说:“在不失受持状态的情况下,即产生储存”,这与“受持,犯恶作”的巴利文相违。然而,被钵盂吸收的油脂不视为食物。虽在热晒时会渗出,但据说“如同在药物学处中一样”。否则,被钵盂吸收的酥油等超过七日亦会犯戒。自己受持后——此处亦依前已说之方法。关于未洗净钵盂的讨论,与此似相符合。为了食物——即使在适当时间内亦可得。通常的肉——指如法的肉。以沾有食物之口食用者犯二罪——如所记载:“昨日受持的夜……”显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā – attanā bhuñjitukāmo ajja uggahetvā punadivase bhuñjati, dve āpattiyo āpajjati. Sāmaṇerādīnaṃyeva atthāya uggahetvā gahitaṃ punadivase paṭiggahetvā bhuñjanto āpattiyā na kāretabboti. Paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti etthāyamadhippāyo – sace belaṭṭhasīso viya dutiyatatiyādidivasatthāya ajja paṭiggahetvā sāmaṇerādīnaṃ gopanatthāya deti, tassa punadivase ajjhoharaṇatthaṃ paṭiggahaṇe āpatti dukkaṭassāti sambhavati. Sayameva sace taṃ gopetvā ṭhapeti, punadivase patitaṃ kacavaraṃ disvā vimativasena vā paṭiggaṇhato paṭiggahaṇatova āpatti dukkaṭassāti sambhavati. No ce paṭiggaṇhāti, taṃ dukkaṭaṃ natthi. ‘‘Idañhi ‘ekaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassā’tiādi viyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yo pana ekappahāreneva dvepi pāde atikkāmeti, tassa taṃ thullaccayaṃ natthi, evaṃsampadamidanti veditabbaṃ. Ettha paṭiggahitabhāvaṃ avijahantameva sannidhiṃ janetīti dhammasiritthero, taṃ ‘‘paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti pāḷiyā virujjhati. Kapālena pīto pana sneho abbohāriko. Kiñcāpi uṇhe otāpentassa paggharati, tathāpi ‘‘bhesajjasikkhāpade viyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Itarathā kapālena pītā sappiādayopi sattāhātikkame āpattiṃ janeyyunti. Sayaṃ paṭiggahetvāti idhāpi pubbe vuttavidhiyeva. Duddhotapattakathāpi etena sameti viya . Āhāratthāyāti kālepi labbhati. Pakatiāmiseti kappiyāmise. Sāmisena mukhena ajjhoharato dveti ‘‘hiyyo paṭiggahitayāmakālikaṃ ajja purebhattaṃ sāmisena mukhena ajjhoharato dve pācittiyānī’’ti likhitaṃ. Ajja paṭiggahitaṃ yāvakālikampi hi yāmātikkantapānakena saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sannidhiṃ karoti. Akappiyamaṃsesu manussamaṃse thullaccayaṃ, sesamaṃse dukkaṭañca vaḍḍhati.
255 255. 有言:七日药与尽形寿药若为食用,纵于适当时间内亦犯恶作,然不犯储存。问:当日受持者,于当日食前是否可行?答:不可,因巴利文及注释中均无特别开许。若谓药物学处中食前可随意享用?优波提沙说:酥油等归入食物类,故是依其归属而言,非依药物而说。显示巴利原文
255.Sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāyāti kālepi dukkaṭameva sannidhiṃ anāpajjanatoti keci. Tadahu paṭiggahitaṃ tadahu purebhattaṃ vaṭṭatīti ce? Na, pāḷiyampi aṭṭhakathāyampi visesassa natthitāya. Bhesajjasikkhāpade purebhattaṃ yathāsukhaṃ paribhuñjanaṃ vuttanti ce? Āhāre sappiādi saṅgahaṃ yāti, tena taggatikavasena vuttaṃ, na bhesajjavasena vuttanti upatisso.
九、胜妙主食学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
259 “以不净酥油”——指那些肉不被允许的众生的酥油。有记载说:“除了脂肪油,并没有所谓的不净酥油。”“怀疑”——此处说“也不成为羹饭的乞求”。“身犯”——指由身门违犯的。显示巴利原文
259.Akappiyasappināti yesaṃ maṃsaṃ na kappati, tesaṃ sappinā. ‘‘Vasātelañhi ṭhapetvā akappiyasappi nāma natthī’’ti likhitaṃ. Visaṅketanti ettha ‘‘sūpodanaviññattipi na hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kāyikānīti kāyena āpajjitabbāni.
261 “应依摩诃男学处处理”——若在僧团已作邀请后,为药物而乞求酥油等五种,此事即归入“非因药物所需而药物”的范畴,因此说“以此犯波逸提”。在巴利文之外的典籍中记载:“比丘尼亦犯恶作”。显示巴利原文
261.Mahānāmasikkhāpadena kāretabboti saṅghavasena pavārite bhesajjatthāya sappiādipañcakaṃ viññāpeti ce, tattha ‘‘na bhesajjena karaṇīyena bhesajja’’nti ettha saṅgahaṃ gacchati, tasmā ‘‘tena pācittiya’’nti vuttaṃ. Pāḷimuttakesu ‘‘bhikkhunīnampi dukkaṭa’’nti likhitaṃ.
十、洁齿木学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Dantaponasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
264-5 “口门”——指咽喉管道。“仅举起量”——指仅可举起的大小。“舍弃渣滓后”——依惯用语而说,即使未舍弃,也说“可以”。“超过手距”——指施者的手距。“给比丘”——指给其他比丘。“任何酸粥”——指任何液体。“钵应受持”——因为放置在地上时,没有作奉献。“如最初掉落时无罪,同样,撒入后取出时,因已奉献,掉落时也无罪”——有如此记载。“以小团食”——指小饭团。“即使是醒着的”——有记载说:“以‘api’字,也包括睡着的。”“某些”——指无畏山住者。他们的主张是:在身体接触中,无论是身系属还是彼系属,都犯偷兰遮——这是其意。而“以身系属的系属”——这只是语句而已。有记载说:“‘以刀’——指以已受持的”,但这是写错的,因为即便有污垢,也没有再受持的必要。“为了某些人”——指为了未受具足戒者。有记载说:“仅触碰到沙弥的手,那即已舍弃。”显示巴利原文
264-5.Mukhadvāranti kaṇṭhanāḷi. Uccāraṇamattanti ukkhipitabbamattakaṃ. Kasaṭaṃ chaḍḍetvāti samudācāravasena, achaḍḍitepi ‘‘vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Hatthapāsātikkamanti dāyakassa. Bhikkhussa detīti aññassa bhikkhussa. Kañjikanti yaṃ kiñci dravaṃ. Patto paṭiggahetabboti bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapite abhihārābhāvato. ‘‘Yathā paṭhamataraṃ patitatheve doso natthi, tathā ākiritvā apanentānaṃ patitathevepi abhihaṭattā nevatthi doso’’ti likhitaṃ. Carukenāti khuddakapiṇḍena. Jāgarantassapīti ‘‘api-saddena suttassapī’’ti likhitaṃ. Kecīti abhayagirivāsino. Tehi kāyasaṃsagge kāyapaṭibaddhenāpi tappaṭibaddhenāpi thullaccayāpatti dassitā evāti attho. Kāyapaṭibaddhapaṭibaddhenāti vacanamattamevetaṃ. ‘‘Satthakenāti paṭiggahitakenā’’ti likhitaṃ, taṃ dullikhitaṃ satipi male puna paṭiggahetabbakiccābhāvato. Kesañci atthāyāti anupasampannānaṃ atthāya. ‘‘Sāmaṇerassa hatthaṃ phuṭṭhamattameva taṃ pariccatta’’nti likhitaṃ.
所谓“可承受的取受重担”,是指中等身材的人能够提起的重量。只作根本取受即是如法。于此,关于“为驱赶苍蝇”的说法,有者言:“既然说为驱赶苍蝇,所以即使不是为了食用而取受,取受后也是如法的。”对这些人应反问:“如取受涂头油后,以‘这是涂头油’的无记心放置超过七日,岂不犯舍堕耶?”等等。然而,经文的意趣当这样理解:前文所说“为驱赶苍蝇扇风时,沾在扇子上的灰尘等落入钵中,心念‘这样方便食用’而取受”,是应事先取受的。在关于转换的讨论中,优波提舍长老说:“若比丘们生起这样的心念:‘当我们的米耗尽时,凭我们手中这些属于沙弥的东西也能维持。’那么转换便有义。”若如此,对于心念清净者来说,转换便成无义,这实成问题。同样,若心想:“这位沙弥聪明,他会以转换钵食来安排,而我们自己将以信任或乞讨的方式食用他的食物。”那么即使作了转换,也不可食用,这也成为问题。何烦多言?导师说,这是为令知:应以无所期待的心取受,不应以有所期待的心取受。显示巴利原文
Paṭiggahaṇupagabhāraṃ nāma majjhimapurisena ukkhipitabbakaṃ. Mūlapaṭiggahaṇameva vaṭṭatīti ettha ‘‘macchikavāraṇatthanti vuttattā ‘abhuñjanatthāyāpi paṭiggahetvā gahite vaṭṭatī’’’ti ye vadanti, te vattabbā ‘‘sīsamakkhanatelaṃ paṭiggahetvā ‘idaṃ sīsamakkhana’nti anābhogeneva sattāhaṃ atikkāmentassa kiṃ nissaggiyaṃ bhaveyyā’’tiādi, suttādhippāyo pana evaṃ gahetabbo ‘‘macchikavāraṇatthaṃ bījantassa tasmiṃ laggarajādimhi patte patite sukhaṃ paribhuñjituṃ sakkā’ti saññāya pubbe paṭiggahitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Parivattanakathāyaṃ ‘‘amhākaṃ taṇḍulesu khīṇesu etehi amhākaṃ hatthagatehi sāmaṇerasantakehipi sakkā patiṭṭhapetu’nti bhikkhūnaṃ cittuppādo ce sambhavati, ‘parivattanaṃ sātthaka’nti upatissatthero’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ suddhacittānaṃ niratthakanti āpannameva, tathā ‘‘paṇḍito esa sāmaṇero pattaparivattanaṃ katvā dassati, mayameva ca imassa vissāsena vā yācitvā vā bhuñjissāmā’’ti citte sati bhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati katepi parivattaneti ca āpannaṃ, kiṃ bahunā. Nirapekkheheva gaṇhitabbaṃ, na sāpekkhehīti dassanatthaṃ vuttanti ācariyo. Ayamevattho ‘‘sace pana sakkoti vitakkaṃ sodhetuṃ, tato laddhaṃ khāditumpi vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanena siddhova. Ādhārake patto ṭhapito hoti yathāpaṭiggahitabhāve nirālayo. Samuddodakena appaṭiggahitakena. Meṇḍakassa khīraṃ khīrattāva vaṭṭati. ‘‘Attano pana khīraṃ mukheneva pivantassa anāpattīti dassetuṃ vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sarīranissitamahābhūtāni hi idhādhippetānī’’ti likhitaṃ, tadubhayampi ‘‘kappiyamaṃsakhīraṃ vā’’tiādinā nayena virujjhati.
再者,若将自己的钵食放入其他比丘未取受的容器中,并说‘这只是少量’或其他缘由,这对所有人都不允许。为什么呢?因为这在律上是恶作。意思是,未按律制自行取受后再放入,即犯恶作。那么,那样的食物何以不能吃?因为注释书中说‘它成为被执取之物’。在《随纽解》中这样说:‘在地上或容器中,有水果或任何食物,乃至尽形寿的未取受之物,若不知情而触碰,是不允许的,它即成为被执取之物。’因此,依此观点,若比丘把食物放在其他比丘未取受的钵中,那食物便成为不如法的、被执取之物,此是决定之说。此中义趣,应结合‘若在自己或比丘们煮粥的容器中……应使其成为无食物性后食用’这一句来贯穿融会地解说。‘合适的肉或奶’是随顺话题而说的。有些人认为,若得到凝乳,那也是允许的。显示巴利原文
Apica ‘‘appaṭiggahitabhājane aññabhikkhusantake attano piṇḍapātaṃ pakkhipati, ‘taṃ thoka’nti vā aññena vā kāraṇena vadati, taṃ sabbesaṃ na kappati. Kasmā? Vinayadukkaṭattā . Attanā paṭiggahetvā pakkhipitabbaṃ vinayavidhiṃ akatvā dukkaṭanti adhippāyo. Evaṃ tādisaṃ kimatthaṃ na bhuñjatīti? Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘uggahitako hotī’ti vuttattā. Evañhi tattha vuttaṃ bhūmiyaṃ vā bhājane vā phalaṃ vā yaṃ kiñci āmisaṃ vā yāvajīvikampi appaṭiggahitakaṃ ajānanto āmasati, na vaṭṭati, uggahitakaṃ hotī’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ, tasmā imassa matena bhikkhu bhikkhussa sace patte appaṭiggahite piṇḍaṃ ṭhapeti, taṃ akappiyaṃ uggahitakanti siddhaṃ. Ayamevattho ‘‘sace attano vā bhikkhūnaṃ vā yāgupacanakabhājane…pe… nirāmisaṃ katvā paribhuñjitabba’’nti vacanena saṃsanditvā kathetabbo. ‘‘Kappiyamaṃsakhīraṃ vā’’ti pasaṅgavasena vuttaṃ. Dadhi ce paṭiladdhaṃ, tañca adhippetanti keci.
5. 裸形外道品显示巴利原文
5. Acelakavaggo
一、裸形外道学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Acelakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
269 269. 在分发残食期间,某位女游方者因先得到了饼,便进入后站立在那里。‘Dāpetīti’是指由未受具足戒者给予。显示巴利原文
269. Vighāsādānaṃ antarā pūvalābhena aññatarā paribbājikā pavisitvā ṭhitā. Dāpetīti anupasampannena.
二、遣离学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Uyyojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
276 276. ‘Vijahantassāti’是表示不敬义的属格。意思是:对正在舍弃的遣离者而言,有恶作罪。此处所谓的“未受具足戒者”,是指沙弥。显示巴利原文
276.Vijahantassāti anādaratthe sāmivacanaṃ. Uyyojakassa vijahantassa sato āpatti dukkaṭassātipi attho. Idha anupasampanno nāma sāmaṇerovādhippeto.
三、有饮食之家学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Sabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
280 ‘有食’者:此处第一种解释与“女人和男人”这第三句相配合,第二种解释则与前两句相配合。‘家’者,即屋舍。‘进入后’是指带有坐下之心,且是故意。显示巴利原文
280.Sabhojaneti ettha paṭhamavikappo ‘‘itthī ca puriso cā’’ti iminā tatiyapadena yujjati, dutiyavikappo paṭhamehi dvīhi. Kuleti ghare. Anupavisitvā nisīdanacittena sacittakaṃ.
4. 屏处私隐学处的解释显示巴利原文
4. Rahopaṭicchannasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
284 此处第五条学处,对于乌巴难达而言是第四条。因此,在比丘尼品第十章的注中,后面关于乌巴难达的部分,不应读作“依第三学处”,而应读作“依第四学处”。显示巴利原文
284. Idha pañcamaṃ upanandassa catutthaṃ hoti, tasmā bhikkhunivaggassa dasamaṭṭhakathāyaṃ upari upanandassa ‘‘tatiyasikkhāpadenā’’ti na pāṭho, ‘‘catutthenā’’ti pāṭhoti veditabbo.
5. 屏处坐卧学处的解释显示巴利原文
5. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
289 屏处坐学处,其义自明。显示巴利原文
289. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
6. 行处学处的解释显示巴利原文
6. Cārittasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
294 “共食”者,古师释作“受邀之食”。显示巴利原文
294.Sabhattoti nimantanabhattoti porāṇā.
若于食前托钵乞食而后食用,
可能犯辗转罪;若于食后则无此罪。
若食后身为远行者,前往先前俗家,
有人说有罪,有人说无罪。
进入家族之间,他们指为三种罪;
期盼同等的食物,这里的其他人这样说。
显示巴利原文 Purebhattañca piṇḍāya, caritvā yadi bhuñjati; Siyā paramparāpatti, pacchābhattaṃ na sā siyā. Pacchābhattañca gamiko, pubbagehaṃ yadi gacche; Eke āpattiyevāti, anāpattīti ekacce. Kulantarassokkamane , āpattimatayo hi te; Samānabhattapaccāsā, iti āhu idhāpare. Matā gaṇikabhattena, samenti naṃ nimantane; Vissajjanaṃ samānanti, eke sammukhatāpare. Sanniṭṭhānatthikeheva, vicāretabbabhedato; Viññū cārittamicceva, sikkhāpadamidaṃ vidūti.
七、大名学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Mahānāmasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
310 “时”:即指僧团自恣之时。由于这一规定仅适用于僧团自恣时,故说“已受亲属邀请”。唯有患病者,方可如实说明:“我等已受您邀请,我等有此事、此事之需”,以此方式作请求。而在胜妙食学处中所说“应依大名学处而行”的意思,是指若以僧团名义受邀,却为药品而求取酥油等五种药品,则依“非为所需药品而求取药品”之文,犯波逸提——此义已载明。显示巴利原文
310. Kālanti so. Yasmā saṅghapavāraṇāyamevāyaṃ vidhi, tasmā ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Iminā hi tayā pavāritamha, amhākañca iminā ca iminā ca attho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ ācikkhitvā viññāpetuṃ gilānova labhati. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ paṇītabhojanasikkhāpade ‘‘mahānāmasikkhāpadena kāretabbo’’ti, taṃ saṅghavasena pavāritaṃ, bhesajjatthāya sappiādibhesajjapañcakaṃ viññāpeti ce, ‘‘na bhesajjena karaṇīyena bhesajjaṃ viññāpetī’ti vacanena pācittiyanti attho’’ti (pāci. 309) likhitaṃ.
八、出征军队学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
311-5 “以我所见”:即由我所见,或以我的看见。“乃至一名手持武器之男子”:指属于军队成员者。显示巴利原文
311-5.Maṃ diṭṭhenāti mayā diṭṭhena, mama dassanena vā. Ekampi sarahatthaṃ purisanti aṅgapariyāpannaṃ.
九、军营学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Senāvāsasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
319 应以军队之围阵、可设置围障之处,或往来区域的边界来加以界定。显示巴利原文
319. Navame senāparikkhepena vā parikkhepārahaṭṭhānena vā sañcaraṇaṭṭhānapariyantena vā paricchinditabbā.
十、战场学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Uyyodhikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
324 第十条:每次前往观看,即犯恶作。若立于某处而得以看见,则犯波逸提——如这些等。然而,第八条的律文则为:每次前往观看,犯恶作;立于某处而得以看见,犯恶作。何以故?虽同属支分数量的差异,但因军种不同而有所区别。至于第十条,则是因为看见了第八条所列支分,才可能犯恶作。显示巴利原文
324. Dasame ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti pācittiyassātiādi. Aṭṭhame pana ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti dukkaṭassāti pāḷi. Kasmā? Aṅgappamāṇābhedepi anīkavisesato. Dasame pana aṭṭhamaṅgassa dassanena dukkaṭaṃ siyāti.
饮酒品显示巴利原文
6. Surāpānavaggo
一、饮酒学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Surāpānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
尊者萨咖德,牟尼之所宣,
以大神通力,作为明证故;
饮酒之过患,为令见此故,
他先已前往跋陀瓦提。
因此,见龙而未加以击打,
那浸湿饱满者,乃凭借神通力而成;
出于恭敬而戒断饮酒;
当知是说“即至拘舍弥”。
显示巴利原文 Āyasmato yaṃ muni sāgatassa, Mahiddhikattassa nidassanena; Pānassa doso tassa dassanatthaṃ, Pubbeva so bhaddavatiṃ payāto. Tasmā passaṃ nāgamapothayitvā, Vinissaṭaṃ sāgataṃ iddhiyā ca; Nato surāpānanisedhanatthaṃ, Kosambimevajjhagamāti ñeyyaṃ.
326-8 327-8。所谓畜养者,即牧羊者。令沉醉者,从其种子开始。有些人说:“由于在‘有心思’方面,心只是不善的”(此说见于《疑惑度脱》初波罗夷注释),故知对象而饮者是不善的。若如此,则有人说“不应说因不善而应饮”,他们又说“这是针对‘有心思’方面”。若如此,则有人说“应说善、不善、无记心”,他们又说“那也是依多分而说”。在《疑惑度脱》中也不加区别地说“不善心”,因此他们说“他以不善心而饮”。显示巴利原文
326-8.Pasupālakāti ajapālakā. Yena majjati, tassa bījato paṭṭhāya. Keci ‘‘sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalamevāti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanā) vuttattā vatthuṃ jānitvā pivato akusala’’nti vadanti. Evaṃ sati ‘‘akusaleneva pātabbatāyāti na vattabba’’nti vutte ‘‘sacittakapakkhameva sandhāyā’’ti vadanti. Evaṃ sati ‘‘kusalākusalābyākatacittanti vattabba’’nti vutte tampi ‘‘tabbahulanayena vutta’’nti vadanti. Kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyampi avisesetvā ‘‘akusalacitta’’nti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. surāpānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘taṃ akusaleneva pivatī’’ti vadantīti.
二、指戳学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
330 330. 指戳学处,其义显明。显示巴利原文
330. Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
三、嬉戏法学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Hasadhammasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
336 336. 第三项,如何为三受?若以嬉戏之心,怀“令他人受苦”的意图而泼水者,此为苦受。其余义理显明。显示巴利原文
336. Tatiye kathaṃ tivedanaṃ? Hasādhippāyeneva ‘‘parassa dukkhaṃ uppādessāmī’’ti udakaṃ khipantassa dukkhavedanaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānaṃ.
由于错误的理解,‘已嬉戏’或许会变成‘未嬉戏’,这种情况是可能发生的。
如此,怎样才名为嬉戏?所谓嬉戏,其相状正是如此;
于此,应起‘非嬉戏’之想,为成就律仪而受持。
由于心一向不善,喜乐于嬉戏:
因此,于此唯有一不善心可得。
显示巴利原文 Idaṃ saññāvimokkhañce, tikapācittiyaṃ kathaṃ; Kīḷitaṃva akīḷāti, micchāgāhena taṃ siyā. Ettāvatā kathaṃ kīḷā, iti kīḷāyaṃ evāyaṃ; Akīḷāsaññī hotettha, vinayatthaṃ samādaye. Ekantākusalo yasmā, kīḷāyābhiratamano; Tasmā akusalaṃ cittaṃ, ekamevettha labbhatīti.
4. 不恭敬学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Anādariyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
344 三四四、“超越世间所呵,却说‘此乃我等师承’,如此不合道理”,如斯所记。凡以染污心违犯者,或圣者于尚未制定的学处中有所行,此即世间所呵。如说一切有部等诸师宗派。其中,第二、第三种解释于此并不相关,因为众学法属世间所呵责故。显示巴利原文
344. ‘‘Lokavajjaṃ atikkamitvā ‘idaṃ amhākaṃ ācariyuggaho’ti vadantassa na vaṭṭatī’’ti likhitaṃ. Yaṃ saṃkiliṭṭheneva cittena āpajjati, yaṃ vā ariyapuggalo apaññatte sikkhāpade ajjhācarati, idaṃ lokavajjanti sabbatthikavādīādīni ācariyakulāni. Tattha dutiyatatiyavikappo idha na adhippeto sekhiyānaṃ lokavajjattā.
有一类应受呵责的师之说:‘因为甘蔗汁的期限为七日,其渣滓的期限为终生,这二者合为甘蔗杖,所以非时咀嚼甘蔗杖应当容许,就像糖块与诃梨勒果一样。’诸如此类新近生起的应受呵责之说,不应采纳。然而,在某些被学处所呵止的范围内,却允许这样行持。例如‘不应以持钵之手推门’一句,若取义为‘以持钵之手不应推,以另一手推门则可’,依此行持者便不犯戒。‘同样,在佛陀菩提塔取花也应容许,依此行持。’如此行持的是无畏山住者。若大寺住者这样说,则应呵责:‘不要这样说。’因此便说‘经与顺经仅对已受持者’等语。又说:‘这一切都是伍巴提萨长老所说。’《顺经者注疏》中如此记载。显示巴利原文
Gārayho ācariyuggahoti ettha ‘‘yasmā ucchuraso sattāhakāliko, tassa kasaṭo yāvajīviko, dvinnaṃyeva samavāyo ucchuyaṭṭhi, tasmā vikāle ucchuyaṭṭhiṃ khādituṃ vaṭṭati guḷaharīṭakaṃ viyā’ti evamādiko sampati nibbatto gārayhācariyavādo na gahetabbo’’ti ca, paṇṇattivajje pana vaṭṭatīti ‘‘na pattahatthena kavāṭo paṇāmetabbo’ti imassa ‘yena hatthena patto gahito, tena hatthena na paṇāmetabbo, itarena paṇāmetabbo’ti atthaṃ gahetvā tathā ācaranto na āpattiyā kāretabbo. ‘Tathā buddhabodhicetiyānaṃ pupphaṃ gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭatīti tathā ācaranto’’ti ca. Tathā ācarati abhayagirivāsiko. Mahāvihāravāsino ce evaṃ vadanti, ‘‘mā evaṃ vadā’’ti apasādetabbo. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘suttaṃ suttānulomañca uggahitakānaṃyevā’’tiādi. ‘‘Idaṃ sabbaṃ upatissatthero āhā’’ti ca vuttaṃ. ‘‘Suttānulomaṃ aṭṭhakathā’’ti likhitaṃ.
5. 恐吓学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
345 三四五、恐吓学处,其义显明。显示巴利原文
345. Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
六、火学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Jotisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
354 依‘期望温暖者’一语,凡无所期望者,彼不犯。显示巴利原文
354.‘‘Visibbanāpekkho’’ti vacanato yassa apekkhā natthi, tassa anāpatti.
七、沐浴学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Nahānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
364 三六四、沐浴学处,义理明白显了。显示巴利原文
364. Nahānasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
八、作坏色学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
368 三六八、未得即得。譬如说“煮者名为煮,行者名为行”,既然如此,为何不说“得者名为得”?因为此处所指的是已完全成就的得。道,即缝纫之道。与如法者一同缝制不如法者。只要尚未舍弃决意,它在先前便仍属如法。倘若不舍弃如法,应再施设如法,这是阿阇梨的推论。显示巴利原文
368.Alabhītilabho. Yathā ‘‘pacatīti paco, pathatīti patho’’ti vuccati, evaṃ ‘‘labhatīti labho’’ti kasmā na vuttaṃ? Pariniṭṭhitalābhasseva idhādhippetattā. Maggeti sibbinimagge. Kappakatena saddhiṃ akappakataṃ sibbeti. Yāvatā adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahati, tāvatā pubbaṃ kappameva. Kappaṃ na vijahati ce, puna kappaṃ dātabbanti ācariyassa takko.
九、净施学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Vikappanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
374 三七四、这里的受用属于身业;不取回属于口业。显示巴利原文
374. Paribhogo ettha kāyakammaṃ. Apaccuddhāraṇaṃ vacīkammaṃ.
十、藏衣学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Cīvarāpanidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
379 379. 第十条:由于‘坐具铺布’与‘衣坐具’两者皆有边,因此将二者合在一起说为‘坐具名为有边者’。其中,以‘衣’一词摄持,‘衣坐具’即已被涵盖;故就义理而言,实指铺布坐具。既然如此,是否应说‘铺布坐具名为有边者’?不应如此,因为那样便会导致另一者(衣坐具)成为非坐具、非有边者的过失。于此,铺布坐具是波逸提之事,因属于同类,另一者也应当了知为波逸提之事。关于有所属者的针筒,依针数而结罪——此为古师之说。显示巴利原文
379. Dasame yasmā nisīdanasanthataṃ cīvaranisīdanampīti ubhayampi sadasameva, tasmā taṃ ubhayampi ekato katvā ‘‘nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccatī’’ti āha. Tatthāpi cīvaraggahaṇena cīvaranisīdanaṃ gahitamevāti atthato santhatanisīdanameva vuttaṃ hoti. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘nisīdanasanthataṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccatī’’ti vattabbanti? Na, itarassa anisīdanaadasabhāvappasaṅgato. Ettha nisīdanasanthatassa pācittiyavatthuttā itarampi pācittiyavatthumevāti veditabbaṃ tajjātikattā. Sassāmike sūcighare sūcigaṇanāya āpattiyoti porāṇā.
7. 有虫品显示巴利原文
7. Sappāṇakavaggo
一、故意杀生学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Sañciccapāṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
382 故意杀生学处,其义自明。显示巴利原文
382. Sañciccapāṇasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
二、有虫学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
387 387. 即使知道“水中有虫”,若未生起“它们会因此而死”的念头便饮用,不犯。显示巴利原文
387. ‘‘Pāṇo atthī’’ti jānantopi ‘‘marissantī’’ti avicāretvā pivatice, anāpatti.
投花入水,此即入于水中;
如是,智者应当时时了知此二者之差别。
显示巴利原文 Jale pakkhipanaṃ pupphaṃ, jalappavesanaṃ idaṃ; Evaṃ ubhinnaṃ nānattaṃ, ñeyyaṃ ñāṇavatā sadāti.
3. 翻案学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
392 392. 第三学处应知有十二种翻案。其中,“未作之羯磨”、“恶作之羯磨”、“应再作之羯磨”,此三者于羯磨诤事中可得;“未除去”、“恶除去”、“应再除去”,此三者于诤论事中可得;“未判决”、“恶判决”、“应再判决”,此三者于犯诤事中可得;“未平息”、“恶平息”、“应再平息”,此三者于事诤事中可得。以上为注疏之说明,而巴利原典于此唯举要目而已。显示巴利原文
392. Tatiye dvādasa ukkoṭā veditabbā. Tattha akataṃ kammaṃ, dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ, puna kātabbaṃ kammanti anuvādādhikaraṇe labbhanti. Anihaṭaṃ, dunnihaṭaṃ, na puna haritabbanti vivādādhikaraṇe labbhanti, avinicchitaṃ, duvinicchitaṃ, puna vinicchitabbanti āpattādhikaraṇe labbhanti. Avūpasantaṃ, duvūpasantaṃ, puna vūpasametabbanti kiccādhikaraṇe labbhantīti aṭṭhakathānayo, pāḷiyaṃ panettha mukhamattameva dassitaṃ.
4. 粗恶学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Duṭṭhullasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
399 399. 若问:“‘波罗夷诸条’是就摄义而示”,此义如何得知?由《附随》之巴利文可知。彼处即说:“以犯诤事为缘,犯几种罪?以犯诤事为缘,犯四种罪:比丘尼明知而覆藏波罗夷法,犯波罗夷罪;心中存疑而覆藏,犯偷兰遮罪;比丘覆藏桑喀地谢沙,犯波逸提罪;覆藏威仪之过,犯恶作罪。”(《附随》290)若问:“覆藏波罗夷之比丘无罪,并未说其有犯,为何如此?”答:不然。若不以染污心覆藏,则不构成罪。应知,在恶作条目中本应提及的波罗夷罪,因已于摄义中与桑喀地谢沙诸条一同首先说明,故不可再次宣说,因此未再提及。显示巴利原文
399. ‘‘Pārājikānīti atthuddhāravasena dassitānī’’ti kathaṃ viññāyatīti ce? Parivārapāḷito. Vuttañhi tattha ‘‘āpattādhikaraṇapaccayā kati āpattiyo āpajjati. Āpattādhikaraṇapaccayā catasso āpattiyo āpajjati. Bhikkhunī jānaṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ paṭicchādeti, āpatti pārājikassa. Vematikā paṭicchādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Bhikkhu saṅghādisesaṃ paṭicchādeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ācāravipattiṃ paṭicchādeti , āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (pari. 290). Pārājikaṃ paṭicchādento bhikkhu anāpatti, no āpattiṃ āpajjati avuttattāti ce? Na, saṃkiliṭṭhena cittena paṭicchādane vinā āpattiyā asambhavato. Dukkaṭavāre vattabbāpi pārājikāpattiyo paṭhamaṃ atthuddhāravasena saṅghādisesehi saha vuttattā na sakkā puna vattunti na vuttāti veditabbā.
就“乃至末端未断”而言,此处即是:若有人仅为覆藏之目的,向他人告知或不告知,皆是以覆藏之心而成就该罪。此后再为覆藏他人之目的而不向另外的人说明,则其末端尚未断绝,更何况重新返回去述说又有什么用呢?因此,其末端并非因对最后一人不告知而断绝,唯有以不覆藏方能断绝。自此之后,为不覆藏之目的,应向先前不知情者告知,从这时起末端方得断绝。若无此机缘,则应返回而为不覆藏之目的告诉知情人,如此末端亦得断绝——老师说:“此中的义理于我尚不明显。”“以第三者告知第二者”——对此,有人说:“所谓第二者即是第一者。”然而,因有“不应指出所涉之人”的禁条,此说并不妥当。向另一位第四者告知,亦不妥当。何以故?由于此前已经听闻,而未向他人告知的缘故。另有人说:“只要有所听闻,即应向他人告知。”显示巴利原文
Yāva koṭi na chijjatīti cettha yo antamaso paṭicchādanatthaṃ aññassa ārocetu vā, mā vā, paṭicchādanacitteneva āpattiṃ āpanno. Tassa puna aññassa paṭicchādanatthaṃ anārocaneneva na koṭi chinnā hoti, kiṃ puna paṭinivattitvā vacanena payojananti na antimassa anārocanena chinnā hoti, appaṭicchādanena eva chinnā hoti, tato appaṭicchādanatthaṃ apubbassa ārocetabbaṃ, tato paṭṭhāya koṭi chinnā hoti, tadabhāvo paṭinivattitvā appaṭicchādanatthaṃ ārocetabbaṃ, evampi koṭi chinnā hotīti evaṃ no paṭibhātīti ācariyo. Tatiyena dutiyassāti ettha ‘‘dutiyo nāma paṭhamo’’ti vadantānaṃ ‘‘vatthu puggalo na vattabbo’’ti vāritattā na sundaraṃ. Aññassa catutthassa ārocanepi na sundaraṃ. Kasmā? Pubbeva sutvā aññassa anārocitattā. ‘‘Sutena aññassa ārocetabbaṃ siyā’’ti vadanti.
5. 未满二十岁学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
404 因其屡屡生起,故有多种。所谓‘减少与增加’:若在母胎中,因不足十二月而有减少,则出生后当作增加;若在母胎中已有增加,则出生后当作减少。所谓‘出胎的满月’,是指沙罗月(即七月)的满月日。据载:‘于初日,即进入第二日’。此人自出生之日算起,已满二十岁。其余两年多余的日数本即存在,故可无疑地为其授具足戒。‘就此而言’,即不计胎中之年,也不计受戒所得之年,而自出生之日起算,为十九岁。至于‘十九岁’——有记载说‘仅舍弃胎中之年’,此为误记。显示巴利原文
404. Punappunaṃ uppajjanato bahudhā. Hāyanavaḍḍhananti mātukucchismiṃ ce dvādasannaṃ māsānaṃ ūnatāya hāyanaṃ kataṃ. Pasūtassa vaḍḍhanaṃ kātabbaṃ. Mātukucchismiṃ ce vaḍḍhanaṃ kataṃ. Pasūtassa hāyanaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nikkhamanīyapuṇṇamāsī nāma sāvaṇamāsassa puṇṇamāsī. ‘‘Pāṭipadadivaseti dutiye upagacchati divase’’ti likhitaṃ. So hi pasūtadivasato paṭṭhāya paripuṇṇavīsativasso hoti. Avasesānaṃ dvinnaṃ vassānaṃ adhikadivasāni honteva, tasmā nikkaṅkhā hutvā upasampādenti. Taṃ sandhāyāti gabbhavassañca pavāretvā laddhavassañca agaṇetvā jātadivasato paṭṭhāya gaṇetvā ekūnavīsativassaṃ. Ekūnavīsativassoti ‘‘gabbhavassaṃ eva pahāyā’’ti likhitaṃ, taṃ dullikhitaṃ.
406 ‘为他人授具足戒’:即自己成为戒师或羯磨师而为人授具足戒。有部分老师说:‘化生者因其以十六岁为基准,是故应再逾四年之后,方可为其授具足戒。’显示巴利原文
406.Aññaṃ upasampādetīti upajjhāyo vā ācariyo vā hutvā upasampādeti. ‘‘Opapātikassa soḷasavassuddesikabhāvato puna cattāro vasse atikkamitvā upasampadā kātabbā’’ti ācariyā vadantīti keci.
6. 盗贼队商学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Theyyasatthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
409 若盗贼商队是由在家女性信众所组成,则犯两罪。至于比丘尼众,时宜令其免罪。有一类人言:‘因其将盗贼商队的身份作为受保护的条件,故对同伴也给予保护。’另一类人则言:‘在盗贼状态下,已无同伴之实,故不给予保护。’若问:‘在不犯波罗夷的盗贼情形下,是否具有同伴之实?’答曰:‘当时宜此处尚未脱离,即为犯。’若比丘是盗贼商队,则依实际情况而定。关于‘盗贼商队’、‘作盗贼商队想’及‘共同约定’等语,‘共同’一词在某些(版本)中缺失,此缺失是不恰当的。第二条也如此。显示巴利原文
409. Theyyasattho ce suddhamātugāmo dve āpattiyo. Atha bhikkhuniyo, samayo rakkhati. Theyyasatthabhāvassa ṭhānaṃ katvā rakkhaṇīyattā sahadhammikānaṃ rakkhatiyevāti eke. Theyyabhāve na sahadhammikatā, tasmā na rakkhati evāti eke. Apārājikatheyyabhāve sati sahadhammikabhāvoti ce? Itarasmiṃ itaranti samayo anissaṭo āpajjati. Bhikkhu theyyasattho ce, yathāvatthukameva. Theyyasatthe theyyasatthasaññī saddhiṃ saṃvidhāyāti ca. ‘‘Saddhi’’nti padaṃ kesuci natthi, taṃ ananurūpaṃ. Tathā dutiyepi.
7. 约定学处解释显示巴利原文
7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
412 412. 另有“当时某一女人”之读法,有些版本则无此句。有论师认为,无此句的版本较为妥当,因为“当时”一语已涵盖了此义。此处,已受具足戒者、在学尼、沙弥尼——此三者亦纳入摄类之中。然而,时节会对这三者提供保护,这便是此三者与一般女人的区别所在。显示巴利原文
412. ‘‘Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthī’’ti ca pāṭho atthi, kesuci natthi. Natthibhāvo sundaro ‘‘tena kho samayenā’’ti adhikārattāti keci. Idha ekatoupasampannā, sikkhamānā, sāmaṇerīti imāpi tisso saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Imāsaṃ pana samayo rakkhati, ayamimāsaṃ, mātugāmassa ca viseso.
414 414. 此外,此处有“有智、有能力者”之说,因此有论师主张无能力者不构成犯戒的因由。此说并不妥当,因为那属于恶作的因由。律中确说:“比丘参与约定,女人未参与约定,犯恶作。”应当如此加以审察。显示巴利原文
414. Apicettha ‘‘viññū paṭibalā’’ti vacanato appaṭibalā anāpattivatthukāti eke, taṃ na yuttaṃ dukkaṭavatthukattā. ‘‘Bhikkhu saṃvidahati, mātugāmo na saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Tathā hi upaparikkhitabbaṃ.
8. 阿利咤学处解释显示巴利原文
8. Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
417 417. 即使在家众,侵犯比丘尼的行为也会障碍解脱,故其出家亦被禁止。由于无因,故为果报之障碍。先前故意违犯,之后忘失而自认为清净者,亦成为障碍。其余则属于种姓的障碍。“以味”者,是就其本质而言。“以砍断义”者,是就以其为所缘而砍断、截断之义来说的。以剑砧为喻,是取其截断善法之义;以矛尖为喻,是取其刺穿心识之义——此为古德之说。在无犯条文中,“最初犯者”这一表述,乃是依照口诵传承而记录的。显示巴利原文
417. Gahaṭṭhassāpi bhikkhunīdūsakakammaṃ mokkhantarāyikameva, tasmā tassa pabbajjāpi paṭikkhittā. Vipākantarāyikā ahetukattā. Pubbe sañcicca āpannā sammuṭṭhā suddhasaññino antarāyikā eva. Sesāti jātikā. Rasenāti bhāvena. Adhikuṭṭanaṭṭhenāti adhikaraṇaṃ katvā kuṭṭanaṭṭhena chindanaṭṭhena. Asisūnūpamā kusaladhammacchedanaṭṭhena. Sattisūlūpamā cittavitudanaṭṭhenāti porāṇā. Anāpattipāḷiyaṃ ‘‘ādikammikassā’’ti mukhāruḷhavasena likhitaṃ.
九、与被举者共住学处之解释显示巴利原文
9. Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
425 经文中“未舍弃彼见者”这一句,显示因见解不同而构成别住的状态。对于“三心”,此处应理解为:容许与果报无记心共住。否则,由于该学处具有自心的性质,若以唯作无记来解释便不恰当。显示巴利原文
425. ‘‘Taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhenāti iminā laddhinānāsaṃvāsakataṃ dīpetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ticittanti ettha vipākābyākatacittena sahavāseyyaṃ kappeyyāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Aññathā sacittakattā sikkhāpadassa kiriyābyākataṃ sandhāya na yujjati.
十、刺学处之解释显示巴利原文
10. Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
428 “我等于彼处不见汝”中的“彼”即指“汝”。又或者解说为:我等不见汝之色等。此沙弥犯波罗夷。古德注释中说:“若彼舍弃此见,应禀告僧团,待僧团同意后令其出家。”此说不当,因这里所指是以罚羯磨而灭摈。若彼已犯波罗夷,则应称为形相灭摈。“他们受用,并不成为障碍”——此见解并非对导师持“无导师”等之邪见。若此见现起于某人,彼即犯波罗夷,对彼亦应同样处置:不住于律仪者,应以形相灭摈令其灭摈——此为阿阇梨之推论。显示巴利原文
428.Yatthate na passāmāti teti taṃ. Atha vā tava rūpādiṃ na passāma. Ayaṃ samaṇuddeso pārājiko hoti. ‘‘Sace taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjati, saṅghassa ārocetvā saṅghānumatiyā pabbājetabbo’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ, taṃ na yuttaṃ, daṇḍakammanāsanā hi idhādhippetā. Yadi so pārājiko, liṅganāsanā nāma siyā. Te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyāti ca diṭṭhi satthari asatthādidiṭṭhi na hoti. Sace sā yassa uppajjati, so pārājiko hoti, tasmimpi evameva paṭipajjitabbaṃ saṃvare atiṭṭhanto liṅganāsanāyeva nāsetabboti ācariyassa takko.
8. 同法品显示巴利原文
8. Sahadhammikavaggo
一、同法学处之解释显示巴利原文
1. Sahadhammikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
434 434. 同法学处,其义自明。显示巴利原文
434. Sahadhammikasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
二、毁訾学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Vilekhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
438 438. “以及犯罪与念失”——此处“以及”一词,表明“应作之事而不作”之义,意谓并非仅有四事。“地方”者,即一国之一区域。佛陀时代,阿利咤刺棘族人乃教法之敌。他们以“不足以成障碍”之语,显示世尊非一切知者。世尊般涅槃后,宣扬十事的瓦基子族人,乃律教之敌。至于“夺他所有”等论说,则为经藏与阿毗达摩之敌。他们究竟是谁?某些大众部等人是也。为表明“并非一切”,故以“夺他所有……等论说”作为特指之语。其中,有些虚伪、欲望恶劣之人,捏造不实之事,骗取上等饮食享用,念失而沉入睡眠,遂有精液流出。他人见此,说道:“阿拉汉亦有精液流出。”他们便答:“是魔众所为”,以此欺骗众人。而那些正行修道、非虚伪之人,听闻此语后,有些便持此见,且生增上慢。即便亲见自身精液流出,亦不信受,对于未证之事,反生已证之想。同样,“阿拉汉有疑惑之断除”——此义应理解为:如同对名、姓等事之断除,乃是对谛之断除,是由他人所施设之名称——此意趣应依情况适当配合。在此,持律者引示“诸比丘,此事无有可能、无有余地,谓阿拉汉会流出不净”(《论事》313;《大品》353),以及“现见法……乃至……于师教法不依赖他人”(《大品》30)等经文句,对他们教法之敌予以折伏——此为其意趣。其余人则主张“学处以学习为根本”。“在诵巴帝摩卡时”,此乃就缘起而说。如来的分别文句已成立。既已成立,何须此学处之支分?乃为欲呵责者,以及在受具足戒者面前毁谤学处之故。显示巴利原文
438.Āpattiñca satisammosāyāti ettha ca-saddo kattabbañca na karotīti dīpeti, na cattāri evāti vuttaṃ hoti. Raṭṭhekadeso janapado. Buddhakāle ariṭṭhakaṇṭakā sāsanapaccatthikā. ‘‘Nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti vacanena hi te bhagavato asabbaññutaṃ dīpenti. Parinibbute bhagavati dasavatthudīpakā vajjiputtakā. Te hi vinayasāsanapaccatthikā. Parūpahārādivādā pana suttantābhidhammappaccatthikā. Ke pana te? Ekacce mahāsaṅghikādayo, na sabbeti dīpanatthaṃ ‘‘parūpahārā…pe… vādā’’ti visesanavacanamāha. Tattha ye kuhakā pāpicchakā abhūtaṃ ullapitvā paṭiladdhavarabhojanāni bhuñjitvā muṭṭhassatī niddaṃ okkamitvā sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pattā, aññehi taṃ disvā ‘‘atthi arahato sukkavissaṭṭhī’’ti vutte ‘‘mārakāyikā upasaṃharantī’’ti vatvā janaṃ vañcenti. Ye ca sammāpaṭipannā akuhakā, tepi taṃ vacanaṃ sutvā keci taṃdiṭṭhikā honti adhimānino ca. Attano sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ passitvāpi nādhimuccanti, anadhigate adhikatasaññinova honti. Tathā atthi arahato aññāṇakaṅkhāvitaraṇā nāmagottādīsu viya saccesu paravitaraṇā parehi paññattā nāmānīti adhippāyo yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbo. Tattha vinayadharo ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso , yaṃ arahato asuci mucceyya (kathā. 313; mahāva. 353). Diṭṭhadhammā…pe… aparappaccayā satthusāsane’’tiādīni (mahāva. 30) suttapadāni dassetvā te sāsanapaccatthikesu niggahitaṃ niggaṇhātīti adhippāyo. Itare ‘‘pariyatti mūla’’nti vādino. ‘‘Pātimokkhe uddissamāne’’ti nidānavasena vuttaṃ. Tathāgatassa vibhaṅgapadāni siddhāni. Siddheyeva kiṃ imassa aṅgāni? Garahitukāmatā upasampannassa santike sikkhāpadavivaṇṇanañcāti.
三、迷惑学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Mohanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
444 444. 痴乱学处,其义自明。显示巴利原文
444. Mohanasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
四、击打学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Pahārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
452 452.“心染欲”——指以身相触的贪欲。但若此人看见想要加害者,思惟:“若我杀此人,亦无解脱”,因而生起嗔心,以‘有情想’为先而施加打击——对此,则依实际情况判定。显示巴利原文
452.Rattacittoti kāyasaṃsaggarāgena. Viheṭhetukāmaṃ pana disvā ‘‘sace ahaṃ imaṃ māremi, natthi me mokkho’’ti cintetvā kupito sattasaññaṃ purekkhatvā pahāraṃ deti, tassa yathāvatthukameva.
五、掌投学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Talasattikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
456 456.依“身体或与身体相连之物”(《巴吉帝亚》456)之语,凡对身体等所抛出之物,名为“掌”。掌本身即是“掌投”。有人说,“投”的义涵在于具有击打之能力。以“乃至莲花叶”之语对此加以限定。如此嗔怒之人,因嗔恚之力,不加考量是否具有击打能力,凡手中所持之物皆予抛出——即便是柔软之物,亦犯巴吉帝亚。由于以欲打击之心而打击,依前者犯巴吉帝亚。仅以欲抛出之心,于抛出之际,依此者犯巴吉帝亚。然而,依后者失手而给予打击,故非以欲打击之心而给予,犯恶作。此恶作究竟是以打击为缘,还是以抛出为缘?乃以打击为缘而犯恶作。前者则以抛出为缘犯巴吉帝亚——如此则‘连同恶作之巴吉帝亚’方为合理。盖前者为抛出,后者为打击;而后之打击,不应使前之抛出成为无犯之事——老师认为此抉择不妥。“以该打击致使手等任何物破损,亦仅犯恶作”——由此亦可知,以打击为缘犯恶作,抛出则依实际情况判定,此义已成立,应善加审察。有人说:“见旁生等排泄不净之物而生嗔,抛出者,其意趣亦唯在于解脱。”显示巴利原文
456. ‘‘Kāyaṃ vā kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ vā’’ti (pāci. 456) vacanato kāyādīsu yaṃ uccāreti , taṃ talaṃ nāma. Talameva talasattikaṃ. Pothanasamatthaṭṭhena sattikanti eke. Taṃ ‘‘uppalapattampī’’ti iminā niyameti. Evaṃ kupitā hi kopavasena pothanāsamatthataṃ avicāretvā yaṃ kiñci hatthagataṃ paṭikkhipanti, sukhasamphassampi hotu, pācittiyameva. Yasmā paharitukāmatāya pahaṭe purimena pācittiyaṃ. Kevalaṃ uccāretukāmatāya uggiraṇamatte kate iminā pācittiyaṃ. Iminā pana virajjhitvā pahāro dinno, tasmā na paharitukāmatāya dinnattā dukkaṭaṃ. Kimidaṃ dukkaṭaṃ pahārapaccayā, udāhu uggiraṇapaccayāti? Pahārapaccayā eva dukkaṭaṃ. Purimaṃ uggiraṇapaccayā pācittiyanti sadukkaṭaṃ pācittiyaṃ yujjati. Purimañhi uggiraṇaṃ, pacchā pahāro. Na ca pacchimapahāraṃ nissāya purimaṃ uggiraṇaṃ anāpattivatthukaṃ bhavitumarahatīti no takkoti ācariyo. ‘‘Tena pahārena hatthādīsu yaṃ kiñci bhijjati, dukkaṭamevā’’ti imināpi pahārapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ. Uggiraṇaṃ yathāvatthukamevāti siddhaṃ, suṭṭhu vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. ‘‘Tiracchānādīnaṃ asucikaraṇādīni disvā kujjhitvāpi uggirantassa mokkhādhippāyo evā’’ti vadanti.
六、无根学处释显示巴利原文
6. Amūlakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
462 462.“对已受具足戒者作未受具足戒想,以无根据之桑喀地谢沙”——此应理解为:以泄精、身触等桑喀地谢沙罪之事缘。因未受具足戒者,本无桑喀地谢沙罪可言。显示巴利原文
462.Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī amūlakena saṅghādisesenāti sukkavissaṭṭhikāyasaṃsaggādinā saṅghādisesāpattiyā vatthunāti veditabbaṃ. Na hi anupasampannassa saṅghādisesāpatti nāma atthi.
七、故意学处释显示巴利原文
7. Sañciccasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
468 关于“认为不足二十岁”——如果自己并非如此认为,却说“我认为”以引起他人追悔,是否以妄语论处?就要素具足而言,不应如此。而且,仅凭“我认为”这一句话,并不必然构成要素具足。究竟义的规定,于某些情况下方成立。如说“我认为水已燃烧”等语,对方是否因此生起追悔,皆不可量度。此即《摩德伽注疏》(《疑惑度脱注疏》故意学处释义)中,依其意趣而说“引起追悔”之义。显示巴利原文
468.Ūnavīsativasso maññeti ettha sayaṃ saññāya tathā amaññanto kukkuccuppādanatthaṃ ‘‘maññe’’ti vadanto kiṃ musāvādena kāretabboti? Na siyā aṅgasampattiyā, na ca kevalaṃ ‘‘maññe’’ti iminā niyamato aṅgasampatti hoti. Paramatthavihitaṃ katthaci hoti. ‘‘Udakaṃ maññe āditta’’ntiādimhi paro kukkuccaṃ uppādetu vā , mā vā, taṃ appamāṇanti mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. sañciccasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘kukkuccuppādana’’nti tassa adhippāyavasena vuttanti.
八、偷听学处释显示巴利原文
8. Upassutisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
473 “听闻这些”——此处省略了“言语”一词。“各为一类”——或是作为,或是不作为,依此方式各为一类。此处,虽然以异语为缘的犯行属于作为,以恼害为缘的犯行属于不作为,但将两者合为一个学处,则该称为异语者的学处:就第一者而言属于作为,就第二者而言属于不作为——应如此理解其义。显示巴利原文
473.Imesaṃsutvāti ettha ‘‘vacana’’nti pāṭhaseso. Ekaparicchedānīti siyā kiriyā siyā akiriyāti iminā nayena ekaparicchedāni. Ettha kiñcāpi aññavādakapaccayāpatti kiriyā ca vihesakapaccayāpatti akiriyā ca, tadubhayaṃ pana ekasikkhāpadanti katvā taṃ aññavādakasaṅkhātaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ siyā kiriyā paṭhamassa vasena, siyā akiriyā dutiyassa vasenāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
九、阻挠羯磨学处的注释显示巴利原文
9. Kammapaṭibāhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
474 由“合法羯磨”(《波逸提》475)之语,某些比丘对合法羯磨给予欲,说“我给予欲”,这仅仅是他们的想法,并非实际行持。若依非法而诃责,或翻覆其羯磨,难道无罪吗?不是——因为那样的语句,是在给予欲之时并未这样做,而后于非法羯磨诃责等缘的无罪条款中所说。若有人问:或因非法、或因分裂僧团、或因对不应受羯磨者作羯磨之缘而免除罪责,所以才无差别地说这样的话吗?不是——因为在给予欲时,并无对非法羯磨作为的认可,而且过失应归于作者本身。若又问:那么大众的恶作又如何?他们乃是清净欲的给予者,并非僧团,因为未达羯磨的资格;而在《附随》的羯磨犍度中,对达到羯磨资格的欲给予者亦有另行说明。纵然如此,对非法羯磨不应给予欲,给予者犯认可不如法之恶作。于此,因不免与恶作相连,故老师说:这不合道理。显示巴利原文
474. ‘‘Dhammikānaṃ kammāna’’nti (pāci. 475) vacanato ekacce bhikkhū dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ ‘‘chandaṃ dammī’’ti chandaṃ denti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattameva, na paṭipatti. Adhammaṃ nissāya khiyyati, taṃ vā ukkoṭeti, anāpatti neva hotīti? Na, tathā chandadānakāle akatvā pacchā adhammakammakhiyyanādipaccayā anāpattivāre vuttattā. Adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vā kammakaraṇapaccayā āpattimokkhakaraṇato avisesameva tathāvacananti ce? Na, chandadānakāle adhammakammakaraṇānumatiyā abhāvato, kārakasseva vajjappasaṅgato ca. Gaṇassa dukkaṭanti ce? Pārisuddhichandadāyakāva te, na gaṇo akammappattattā, parivārepi (pari. 482 ādayo) kammavagge kammappattachandadāyakā visuṃ vuttā. Tathāpi adhammakammassa chando na dātabbo dente akappiyānumatidukkaṭato. Tattha hi yojanadukkaṭato na muccantīti no takkoti ācariyo.
十、未给与同意而前往学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Chandaṃadatvāgamanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
481 若未至集会处而不与欲,有者言:无罪。有者言:犯恶作——因有意障碍如法羯磨故。有者言:可在僧团中给欲。若问:已与欲之后,进入僧团中,又复离去,欲是否消失?欲即消失。何以故?因与“不在手触范围内者,方有资格与欲”等语相违故。然据巴利文,有者言:此是就与欲者超出伸手范围之意图而说。显示巴利原文
481. Sannipātaṃ anāgantvā ce chandaṃ na deti, anāpattīti eke. Dukkaṭanti eke dhammakammantarāyakaraṇādhippāyattā. Saṅghamajjhe chandaṃ dātuṃ labhatīti keci. Dinnachande saṅghamajjhaṃ pavisitvā puna gatepi chando na paṭippassambheyyāti ce? Paṭippassambhati. Kasmā? ‘‘Ahatthapāso chandāraho’’tiādīhi virujjhanato. Pāḷiyaṃ pana dātukāmatāya hatthapāsaṃ atikkamantaṃ sandhāya vuttanti keci.
十一、羸弱学处的注释显示巴利原文
11. Dubbalasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
484-5 “给予”——指未经求听而给予。“比丘们”——此处,六群比丘避开自己,不称“僧团”而称“比丘们”。“转让”——即引导。其中“利益”一词,意指提取份额,是为说明利益,即便对非所意图的任何人,亦以提取份额之义来说明利益。因为此处所指唯有袈裟,故说“给予其他资具者,应诃责,犯恶作”。“所给予者”与“资具”,皆为业格而表处格之义。显示巴利原文
484-5.Adāsīti apaloketvā adāsi. Bhikkhūti ettha te chabbaggiyā attānaṃ parivajjayitvā ‘‘saṅgho’’ti avatvā ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti āhaṃsu. Pariṇāmentīti nenti. Tattha lābhoti paduddhārakaraṇaṃ idha anadhippetassapi yassa kassaci atthuddhāravasena lābhadīpanatthaṃ. Cīvarameva hi idhādhippetaṃ, teneva ‘‘aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ dinnaṃ khīyati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Dinnanti ca parikkhāranti ca bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ.
12. 转让学处解释显示巴利原文
12. Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
491 即使是亲族的物品,若有人欲施与他人而令另一人代施,亦犯此罪。一切时处,经求听之后,欲行施者,可随宜处分。显示巴利原文
491. Ñātakampi parassa dātukāmaṃ aññassa dāpeti, āpatti eva. Sabbattha āpucchitvā dātukāmaṃ yathāsukhaṃ vicāretuṃ labhati.
第九 宝品显示巴利原文
9. Ratanavaggo
1. 内宫学处解释显示巴利原文
1. Antepurasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
494-7 494-7.“如同亲近世尊的方式,此人不应以这种方式成为恶人”——意为“不会成为恶人”,或表原因之义。“Ta”仅为虚词,或作“yato”(由)之义。“大象践踏”即僧伽梨的拥挤压踏,意为踩踏成粉末。显示巴利原文
494-7. Yathā bhagavantaṃ payirupāsati, evamākārena nārahatāyaṃ puriso pāpo hotuṃ, na hoti pāpoti attho, kāraṇatthaṃ vā. Tanti nipātamattaṃ, yatoti vā attho. Hatthisammaddanti saṅghāṭasammaddo, akkamanaṃ cuṇṇatāti attho.
498 498.“宝”者,指第一王后。然此处,其他天妃族亦不守护,因无罪条款中未有“非王后”之说。若仅是刹帝利,则未受灌顶。阿阇梨认为:若已受灌顶,则非刹帝利守护。因无罪条款中于《本母注疏》以支分形式论及,故以受灌顶性为准量。其余为增上限量,此乃某些人所言。显示巴利原文
498.Ratanaṃ nāma aggamahesī, tathāpi idha aññāpi devigottā na rakkhati, anāpattivāre ‘‘na mahesī hotī’’ti vacanābhāvato. Sace khattiyova hoti, nābhisitto. Abhisittoyeva hoti, na khattiyo rakkhatīti ācariyo. Anāpattivāre mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ aṅgabhāvena ca vuttattā abhisittabhāvovapamāṇaṃ. Sesaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedoti eke.
500-501 「非卧处屋而有卧处屋想」——此处亦有三重分别。所谓「非卧处屋」,即未经围护的树下等处。显示巴利原文
500-501. ‘‘Na sayanighare sayanigharasaññī’’ti tikacchedopi ettha labbhati. Na sayanigharaṃ nāma aparikkhittarukkhamūlādi.
2. 宝物学处解释显示巴利原文
2. Ratanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
504 有「愿居士们受食」与「我之居士们」二说。显示巴利原文
504. ‘‘Adhivāsentu gahapatino bhatta’’nti ca ‘‘me gahapatino’’ti ca atthi.
506 依古伦地之说:纵于家中,若诸比丘生疑,则应立于彼处说明。「适当」者,书中写道:「于被视为宝物处取粪扫衣,或为宝物而无顾虑前往。」他们说:「纵然是暂时因缘,亦不得接受不可触之物。」「令作」者,即乞求,依「为尊者们而立,此是尊者们之乞求」之理。显示巴利原文
506.Kurundivacanena gharepi yadi bhikkhū āsaṅkanti, tattha ṭhatvā ācikkhitabbanti vuttaṃ hoti. Patirūpāti ‘‘ratanasammate paṃsukūlaggahaṇaṃ vā ratane nirussukkagamanaṃ vā’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Tāvakālikavasenapi anāmāsaṃ paṭiggaṇhituṃ na labhatī’’ti vadanti. Samādapetvāti yācitvā ‘‘uddissa ariyā tiṭṭhanti, esā ariyāna yācanā’’ti (jā. 1.7.59) vuttanayena.
3. 非时入村学处解释显示巴利原文
3. Vikālagāmappavisanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
511-2 511-2. 于被蛇咬之事例中,那位比丘未告知在场的比丘便自行离去,由此生起了疑悔。所谓“依不与取中所说之方式”,是就此处的“村落、村落附近”而言。显示巴利原文
511-2. Ahinā ḍaṭṭhavatthumhi so bhikkhu santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā gato, tassa kukkuccaṃ udapādi. Adinnādāne vuttanayenāti gāmo gāmūpacāroti idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
4. 针盒学处解释显示巴利原文
4. Sūcigharasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
517 517.“Ta”者,为分析词。“应”者,因应将此作为巴吉帝亚的第一种分析,之后再行出罪。此理于其余各处亦然。显示巴利原文
517.Tanti bhedanakaṃ. Assāti pācittiyassa paṭhamaṃ bhedanakaṃ katvā pacchā desetabbattā. Esa nayo itaresupi.
520 520.“瓦西札德”者,即斧柄。显示巴利原文
520.Vāsijaṭeti vāsidaṇḍake.
5. 床学处解释显示巴利原文
5. Mañcasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
521-2 「高床」与「从高床」,在某些传本中可见。所谓「长」,即指宽。「八指床脚」一词,为修饰中性名词,或指八指尺寸的床脚。显示巴利原文
521-2. ‘‘Ucce mañce’’ti ca ‘‘uccā mañce’’ti ca katthaci. Āyatoti vitthato. Aṭṭhaṅgulapādakanti bhāvanapuṃsakaṃ, aṭṭhaṅgulappamāṇaṃ pādakaṃ vā.
6. 棉花褥学处解释显示巴利原文
6. Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
528 「波德咖图喇」指任何草絮。「获得后撕开,即应忏悔波逸提罪」——在此,虽然看似仅以获得便犯波逸提,然而应知罪在受用;此处有「他人所作,获得后受用,犯恶作」之语作为凭据。显示巴利原文
528.Poṭakitūlanti yaṃ kiñci tiṇatūlaṃ. Paṭilābhena uddāletvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbanti ettha kiñcāpi paṭilābhamatteneva pācittiyanti viya dissati, paribhogeyeva pana āpatti daṭṭhabbā, ‘‘aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vacanaṃ ettha sādhakaṃ.
7. 坐具学处解释显示巴利原文
7. Nisīdanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
531 虽然此处未明示坐具的材质类别,但由于它在衣篇中已被开许,且被纳入「应受持之新衣」之列,故应知其材质类别即属衣类。所谓「如同铺垫般铺展」——即「等同铺垫」,乃基于前文所述坐具之铺垫性质而作比喻。有人说:「得到时等同铺垫,未得到时不等同铺垫亦可。」此说不可,因为「坐具即称为等同铺垫」正是对其形态的规定。显示巴利原文
531. Kiñcāpi nisīdanassa jāti na dissati ettha, tathāpi cīvarakkhandhake anuññātattā, ‘‘nava cīvarāni adhiṭṭhātabbānī’’ti ettha ca pariyāpannattā cīvarajātiyevassa jātīti veditabbā. ‘‘Santhatasadisaṃ santharitvāti sadasa’’nti pubbe vuttanisīdanasanthatattā upameti. Lābhe sadasaṃ, alābhe adasampi vaṭṭatīti eke, taṃ na yuttaṃ. ‘‘Nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccatī’’ti tassa saṇṭhānaniyamanato.
8. 疮衣学处解释显示巴利原文
8. Kaṇḍupaṭicchādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
539 539. 若所谓“疮衣”,是指用以遮蔽脐下、膝上所生痒疮等之覆蔽物,则以善逝张手量计,纵长四张手、横宽二张手,此尺寸已属极大。因为一切人以各自张手量计,身高皆为七张手;而善逝的一张手量,则相当于中等身材者的三张手,因此疮衣横宽已达成人尺寸,纵长更达两倍。尽管如此,此为其最高限量——若他愿意,尽可覆蔽全身;亦如遍覆全身的桑喀帝衣,若欲多层折叠穿着亦可——这或许是世尊的本意。显示巴利原文
539. Yadi kaṇḍupaṭicchādi nāma adhonābhi ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalā uppannakaṇḍupīḷakādipaṭicchādikā adhippetā, tassa sugatassa sugatavidatthiyā dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo tiriyaṃ dveti idampi atimahantaṃ pamāṇaṃ dissati. Sabbo hi puriso attano attano vidatthiyā sattavidatthiko hoti, sugatassa ca ekāvidatthi majjhimassa purisassa tisso vidatthiyo honti, tasmā kaṇḍupaṭicchādi pakatipurisassa pamāṇaṃ āpajjati tiriyaṃ, dīghaso pana diguṇaṃ āpajjatīti. Āpajjatu, ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo tassā, ce icchati, sabbampi sarīraṃ paṭicchādessati, sabbasarīragatasaṅghāṭi viya bahuguṇaṃ katvā nivāsetukāmo nivāsessatīti ayaṃ bhagavato adhippāyo siyā.
9. 雨浴衣学处解释显示巴利原文
9. Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
542 542. 雨浴衣亦依最大尺寸而开许。在雨季,有些比丘将仅用桑喀帝衣——这可能是世尊的本意。虽然此衣由此理趣而获开许,然因“诸比丘穿着不量尺寸的疮衣、穿着雨浴衣”这一事由已有制戒,故应知:那些比丘因穿着超量之衣,遂以此为最高限量而开许之。第十条亦同此理。显示巴利原文
542.Vassikasāṭikāpi ukkaṭṭhapaṭicchedavasena anuññātā. Vassakāle keci saṅghāṭiparibhogeneva paribhuñjissantīti ayaṃ bhagavato adhippāyo siyā. Kiñcāpi iminā takkena anuññātā, ‘‘appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍupaṭicchādiyo dhārenti, vassikasāṭikāyo dhārentī’’ti imasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ paññattattā pana aññathā puṇṇaparicchedato adhikappamāṇāyo te bhikkhū dhāresunti katvā etaparamatā tāsaṃ anuññātāti veditabbā. Eseva nayo dasamepi.
10. 难德长老学处的注释显示巴利原文
10. Nandattherasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
551 551. 其中,“制作坐垫或枕头”,解作“为众多比丘共用而制作”,此说合理。显示巴利原文
551. Tattha bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karotīti dīghaso bahūnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sādhāraṇatthaṃ karotīti yujjati.
6. 应悔过篇显示巴利原文
6. Pāṭidesanīyakaṇḍo
1. 第一应悔过学处解释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
553-5 553-555. 由于“应悔过的方式”已于注疏中说明,故应依巴利原文所载的方式忏悔,不得以其他方式为之。又依“在俗家中、作俗家想”等、“将可嚼食与可食物误想为不可嚼食与不可食物”等,以及“将比丘尼误想为非比丘尼”等理趣,其余三组三分科亦应配合运用,加以说明。显示巴利原文
553-5. ‘‘Paṭidesetabbākāradassana’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattā pāḷiyaṃ āgatavaseneva āpatti desetabbā, na aññathā. ‘‘Antaraghare antaragharasaññī’’tiādinā ca ‘‘khādanīyabhojanīye akhādanīyaabhojanīyasaññī’’tiādinā ca ‘‘bhikkhuniyā abhikkhunisaññī’’tiādinā ca nayena aparepi tayo tikacchedā yojetvā dassetabbā.
2. 第二应悔过学处解释显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
559 559. 虽已说明“受邀而食——即受邀以五种食物之一而食者”,然以不如法邀请而受邀,在此并不构成要素,因根本注疏与此处的无罪条款中均无这些例外,故“受邀者”一词,其义仍依惯例而说。其余三组三分科亦应如词句解析中所说,加以配合运用。无论以何种方式进食,若比丘尼不阻止如此行事者,即犯应悔过。“她称为指示者、正在指示”此有二种读法。“以每一口、每一口”之语后,又说“尊者,我犯了应受呵责之法”用单数,似有矛盾。此是就于咽下第一口时即已犯而言,其他处亦有“我们犯了”之语,可作佐证。有人说一人可代表多人,此说并不妥当——依我推断,乃因正文中已提及“由那些比丘等”。与一人共时,亦应说“我犯了”,因需向一人、二人或三人忏悔,故所有人都可如此说。他们说“我们犯了”,即是共犯。若仅被一人阻止,亦应说:“尊者,我犯了应受呵责之法。”显示巴利原文
559. ‘‘Nimantitā bhuñjantīti pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantitā bhuñjantī’’ti kiñcāpi vuttaṃ, atha kho akappiyanimantanena nimantitatā ettha na aṅgaṃ, mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ vā idha vā anāpattivāre lesābhāvato, tasmā ‘‘nimantitā’’ti padassa attho pubbe āciṇṇavaseneva vutto. Aparepi tayo tikacchedā yojetvā dassetabbā padabhājane vuttattāti veditabbaṃ. Yathā tathā hi bhuñjantānaṃ tādisaṃ bhikkhuniṃ avārentānaṃ pāṭidesanīyameva. ‘‘Esā vosāsati nāma, vosāsantī’’ti ca duvidho pāṭho. ‘‘Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre’’ti vacanena puna ‘‘gārayhaṃ āvuso dhamma’’nti ekavacanaṃ viruddhanti. Paṭhamaṃ ajjhohāreyeva āpannaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, tathā aññatrāpi āgacchati ‘‘āpajjimhā’’ti vacanato. Ekena bahūnampi vaṭṭatīti keci, taṃ na sundaraṃ. ‘‘Tehi bhikkhūhī’’tiādinā pāṭhe vuttattāti mama takko. Ekena saheva ‘‘ahaṃ āpajji’’ntipi vattabbanti ekena dvīhi tīhi desetabbato, sabbehi evaṃ vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Āpajjimhāti sahevā’’ti vadanti. Ekena ce avārito, ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, gārayhaṃ dhammaṃ āpajji’’ntipi vattabbaṃ.
562-570 562-570. 第三、第四学处,义理显明。显示巴利原文
562-570. Tatiyacatutthasikkhāpadāni uttānatthāniyeva.
七、应学法篇显示巴利原文
7. Sekhiyakaṇḍo
一、周圆品之解释显示巴利原文
1. Parimaṇḍalavaggavaṇṇanā
576 「以学而学」是指依四道而学。由于穿着下衣时垂下约八指,坐下时仅有四指,因此这两种注疏的说法实属同一标准。所谓「二肘半」是细说,或是就单衣而言,单衣能如其位安住;若就双层衣而说「二肘量亦可」,这是伍巴提萨长老所说的。应知单衣或双层衣,皆依下限说为「二肘量」。在《尼萨耆亚注疏》中说「横二肘亦可」,且唯在不得时──因为经中说「不得时横二肘量亦可」。这些全依决意而得者而言。若见有相违之处,应当缝合;若不缝合,则犯恶作。所谓有意,唯是依「了知制戒」之心,因为说到「缘于不恭敬」;并非依了知事物之心,即使知道「此事如此作」,亦无犯。普萨迭瓦长老也说以一理相应。伍巴提萨长老所说也是如此。在已制学处或未制学处中,凡本性即属过失的,是世间过失。然而,此唯在制戒后始成过失,未制时则否,故与其他世间过失不同,非属世间过失。从制戒起即成过失,故为制戒过失。唯以不恭敬心而犯,故为有意;彼心有三受,故为三受。因为不恭敬心唯是不善,且彼本性为过失,所以这是世间过失。故意违犯唯属忧受,故为苦受。而在结颂中写道:「如杀生等,着下衣等过失非世间所呵责,故为制戒过失,普萨迭瓦长老如是说。」显示巴利原文
576.‘‘Sikkhitasikkhenāti catūhi maggehī’’ti vuttaṃ. Yasmā aṭṭhaṅgulamattaṃ otāretvā nivatthameva nisinnassa caturaṅgulamattaṃ hoti, tasmā ubhopete aṭṭhakathāvādā ekaparicchedā, ‘‘aḍḍhateyyahattha’’nti sukhumaṃ, ekapattaṃ vā sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tañhi yathāṭhānena tiṭṭhati. Dupaṭṭaṃ sandhāya ‘‘dvihatthappamāṇampī’’ti vuttanti upatissatthero. Ekapaṭṭaṃ, dvipaṭṭaṃ vā heṭṭhimaparicchedena ‘‘dvihatthappamāṇa’’nti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Vuttañhi nissaggiyaaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘tiriyaṃ dvihatthopi vaṭṭatī’’ti, tañca kho alābhe eva ‘‘alābhe tiriyaṃ dvihatthappamāṇampi vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttattā. Idaṃ sabbaṃ adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Viruddhaṃ disvā sajjetabbaṃ. No ce sajjeti, dukkaṭaṃ. Sacittakaṃ paṇṇattivijānanacitteneva ‘‘anādariyaṃ paṭiccā’’ti vuttattā, na vatthuvijānanacittena ‘‘idamevaṃ kata’’nti jānatopi āpattiyā abhāvato. Phussadevattheravādopi ekena pariyāyena yujjati. Tathā upatissattheravādopi. Paññattepi sikkhāpade apaññattepi yaṃ pakatiyā vajjaṃ, taṃ lokavajjaṃ. Idaṃ pana paññatteyeva vajjaṃ, nāpaññatte, tasmā itaralokavajjena asadisattā na lokavajjaṃ. Paṇṇattito paṭṭhāya vajjato paṇṇattivajjaṃ. Anādariyacitteneva āpajjitabbattā sacittakaṃ, tassa cittassa tivedanattā tivedanaṃ. Yasmā anādariyacittatā nāma kevalaṃ akusalameva, tañca pakatiyā vajjaṃ, tasmā idaṃ lokavajjaṃ. Sañcicca vītikkamanaṃ nāma domanassikasseva hotīti dukkhavedanaṃ. Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘pāṇātipātādi viya nivāsanādidoso lokagarahito na hotīti paṇṇattivajjanti phussadevatthero’’ti likhitaṃ.
577 「于精舍中亦」是指在礼佛等时,因此「应披着」是依上衣的作用而说。在第一、第二学处中,因热恼等缘故开许,并非在与俗家相关的场合中开许。显示巴利原文
577.Vihārepīti buddhupaṭṭhānādikāle, tasmā ‘‘pārupitabba’’nti uttarāsaṅgakiccavasena vuttaṃ. Paṭhamadutiyasikkhāpadesu pariḷāhādipaccayā kappati, na antaragharapaṭisaṃyuttesu.
582 「于一处立」这段文中写道:「行者亦得观察无难。如是于村中受供。」然而,因为说到「于一处立」,应知这是针对那样的障碍而说的。显示巴利原文
582.‘‘Ekasmiṃpana ṭhāne ṭhatvā’’ti ettha ‘‘gacchantopi parissayābhāvaṃ oloketuṃ labhatiyeva. Tathā gāme pūja’’nti likhitaṃ, taṃ pana ‘‘ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhatvā’’ti vuttattā tādisaṃ antarāyaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
二、嬉笑品之解释显示巴利原文
2. Ujjagghikavaggavaṇṇanā
586 「应笑者」是处格表示原因,意为应笑之事物的原因。据说在村落中以高声作随喜等,并无犯过。正如玛欣德长老也在象厩等处向大众说法。显示巴利原文
586.Hasanīyasminti hetvatthe bhummaṃ, hasitabbavatthukāraṇāti attho. Antaraghare uccāsaddena anumodanādiṃ karontassa anāpatti kira. Tathā hi mahindattheropi hatthisālādīsu mahājanassa kathesi.
591 有些比丘说「仅凭放置资具便成住者」,那只是他们自己的见解而已。若比丘尼们是住者,则比丘尼住处即为净地。依据「凡是比丘尼住过一夜之处,便是比丘尼住处」的说法,前往她们附近或她们所认取的住处,心中想「我去」而往者,可以随宜而去。因为仅是那样,那座房屋并不算作村落之内,这是阿阇梨的推论。显示巴利原文
591. Keci bhikkhū ‘‘parikkhāraṭṭhapanamattena vāsūpagato hotī’’ti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattameva. Bhikkhuniyo ce vāsūpagā honti, bhikkhunupassayova kappiyabhūmi. ‘‘Yattha bhikkhuniyo ekarattampi vasanti, ayaṃ bhikkhunupassayo’’ti (pāci. 161) vacanato tāsaṃ samīpaṃ vā tāhi gahitavāsāgāraṃ vā ‘‘gacchāmī’’ti gacchato yathāsukhaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Na hi tāvatā taṃ gharaṃ antaragharasaṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti no takkoti ācariyo.
三、撑腰品注释显示巴利原文
3. Khambhakatavaggavaṇṇanā
604 在「汤与钵量」的注释中所说明的方式。Oloṇī 是指捣碎,意为从酪浆中盛满而堆起。显示巴利原文
604. Sūpo pattappamāṇavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttākāro. Oloṇī vuccati kudhitaṃ, gorasato pūrā thūpitoti attho.
605 关于“向下下降”这一句,有人认为:“若有下降的量,即使部分堆积也无罪。”又有人认为:“然而,用莲叶等覆盖钵的上面和下面而放置,所得的即名为‘许可’。”这里,(有人说:)“因为‘应接受与钵口齐平的团食’这句表明应接受平满的团食,所以当施食被放入自己手中的钵时,即使堆积,也显示为许可。而‘接受堆积团食者犯恶作罪’这句话,则显示先使团食堆积而后接受,才有罪。若以钵接受时便已堆积,则也允许,因为接受时并非堆积。不过,这除了前分之外才适用。”又有人说:“‘samatittika’是中性名词”,因此应当审察而采纳。显示巴利原文
605.Heṭṭhā orohatīti ettha ‘‘orohanappamāṇe sati ekadese thūpīkatepi anāpattī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Pattassa pana heṭṭhā ca upari ca paduminipaṇṇādīhi paṭicchādetvā odahantiyā laddhaṃ nāma vaṭṭatī’’ti ca vadanti. Ettha ‘‘yasmā ‘samatittiko piṇḍapāto paṭiggahetabbo’ti vacanaṃ piṇḍapāto samapuṇṇo paṭiggahetabboti dīpeti, tasmā attano hatthagate patte piṇḍapāto diyyamāno thūpīkatopi ce hoti, vaṭṭatīti dīpeti. ‘Thūpīkataṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassā’ti hi vacanaṃ paṭhamaṃ thūpīkataṃ piṇḍapātaṃ pacchā paṭiggaṇhato, āpattīti dīpeti. Pattena paṭiggaṇhato cepi thūpīkataṃ hoti, vaṭṭati athūpīkatassa paṭiggahitattā. Payogo pana natthi aññatra pubbadesā’’ti ca ‘‘samatittikanti vā bhāvanapuṃsaka’’nti ca vadanti, tasmā vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ.
四、恭敬品注释显示巴利原文
4. Sakkaccavaggavaṇṇanā
609 关于“乞求汤饭”的学处,未说“汤,有两种汤”,因为以“汤”一词是为涵盖除美味食物以外的所有其余食物。在其无罪条款中,“对亲戚、已邀请者、为他人、用自己之财”这些属于额外加入的。某些写本中只说“无罪:非故意、失念、不知者、病者、在灾厄时”这样而已,那是不确切的。在“我将食用与汤等量的团食”的无罪段中,某处写有“为他人”,那是由于疏忽而写下的。又有写道:“放入口中后,生起悔意,想要吐出者,若突然进入,在此称为‘非故意’。已告知与未告知的食物放在一处,突然不加思择而取食者,称为‘失念’。”在无罪段中,某些写本写有“味味”,有说“这应被接受”。显示巴利原文
609.Sūpodanaviññattisikkhāpade ‘‘sūpo nāma dve sūpā’’ti na vuttaṃ sūpaggahaṇena paṇītabhojanehi avasesānaṃ sabbabhojanānaṃ saṅgaṇhanatthaṃ. Anāpattivāre cassa ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ aññassatthāya attano dhanenā’’ti idaṃ adhikaṃ. Katthaci potthake ‘‘anāpatti asañcicca asatiyā ajānantassa gilānassa āpadāsū’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ, taṃ na, ‘‘samasūpakaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjissāmī’’ti imassa anāpattivāre ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti katthaci likhitaṃ, tañca pamādavasena likhitaṃ. ‘‘Mukhe pakkhipitvā puna vippaṭisārī hutvā ogilitukāmassapi sahasā ce pavisati, ettha ‘asañciccā’ti vuccati. Viññattampi aviññattampi ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhitaṃ sahasā anupadhāretvā gahetvā bhuñjanto ‘asatiyā’ti vuccatī’’ti likhitaṃ, anāpattivāre ekaccesu potthakesu ‘‘rasaraseti likhitaṃ, taṃ gahetabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
五、食团品注释显示巴利原文
5. Kabaḷavaggavaṇṇanā
618 有人说,根据“一切手”的说法,将一部分放入口中者无罪。又有人说,根据“一切”的说法,连一部分也不许可。后说合理,因为在无罪条款中没有作区分。显示巴利原文
618.‘‘Sabbaṃ hattha’’nti vacanato ekadesaṃ mukhe pakkhipantassa anāpattīti ekacce. ‘‘Sabbanti vacanato ekadesampi na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ yuttaṃ anāpattivāre avisesitattā.
624 624. 在“残渣制作者”一词中,有“弃舍垃圾时,残渣被弃舍”与“弃舍垃圾者”两种读法。显示巴利原文
624.Sitthāvakārake ‘‘kacavaraṃ chaḍḍentaṃ sitthaṃ chaḍḍiyyatī’’ti ca ‘‘kacavaraṃ chaḍḍento’’ti ca pāṭho.
六、啜吸作声品注释显示巴利原文
6. Surusuruvaggavaṇṇanā
627 627. “苏噜苏噜”与“苏罗苏罗”,此为读法。“冷却者”,即寒冷。注中写道:“‘Silakabuddha’一词,仅是圣者们的戏言。”显示巴利原文
627. ‘‘Surusuru’’nti ca ‘‘surosuro’’ti ca pāṭho. Sītīkatoti sītaṅko. ‘‘Silakabuddhoti ariyānaṃ parihāsavacanameveta’’nti likhitaṃ.
631 631. 关于“以厌恶方式”:如果是以厌恶方式而被禁止的,则不应说“譬如欲乐者”。难道他们不造成厌恶吗?不,因为可能以自在相而执取。他们确实不存敬意。“钵洗水”:指与食物相关的洗钵水。显示巴利原文
631.Paṭikkūlavasenāti ettha yadi paṭikkūlavasena paṭikkhittaṃ, ‘‘seyyathāpi kāmabhogino’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Na hi te paṭikkūlaṃ karontīti ce? Na, issariyaliṅgavasena gahaṇasambhavato. Te hi anādarā honti. Pattadhovananti pattadhovanodakaṃ bhojanapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ.
634 「以伞与鞋」和「在伞与鞋中」,这是两种读法。显示巴利原文
634. ‘‘Chattapādukāya’’nti ca ‘‘chattapāde’’ti ca pāṭho.
637 ‘Cāpa’是指七种嚼食的杀法。又,有记载说:‘其余一切弓的变型都包含在弦弓之中。’‘paṭimukka’意为已插入、已附着。显示巴利原文
637.Cāpoti sattakhādanavadho. ‘‘Sesā sabbā dhanuvikati kodaṇḍe paviṭṭhā’’ti ca likhitaṃ, paṭimukkanti pavesitaṃ, laggitaṃ hotīti attho.
七、鞋履品注释显示巴利原文
7. Pādukavaggavaṇṇanā
640 自己乘车之后,如同对乘车者那样。显示巴利原文
640. Sayaṃ yānagato hutvā, yathā yānagatassa ve.
Alaṃ vattuṃ tathā nālaṃ, sachatto chattapāṇino.
此处如此,他处亦然。显示巴利原文
Yathā ettha, evaṃ aññatrāpi.
647 647. 在旃巴卡事中,「若我不得」是读法,亦存在「若十者皆不得」的读法。又有「在事中,对无病者」的表述出现,那并不善巧,只有在学处中才是善巧的。「Thomitoti」与「ahampi jānāmīti」相关联。那称为财、誉、利得的生计,以毁坏而成为来世恶趣中毁坏之因,转而现起。或者,此处的「vinipātena」是工具格表原因,意为以毁坏而转起。以非法行,为了非法行。又读作「如同从此罐」。显示巴利原文
647.Chapakavatthusmiṃ ‘‘sacāhaṃ na labhissāmī’’ti pāṭho, ‘‘dasa ce na labhissāmī’’ti ca atthi, ‘‘vatthusmiṃ agilānassā’’ti ca āgacchati, taṃ na sundaraṃ, sikkhāpadeyeva sundaraṃ. Thomitoti ahampi jānāmīti sambandho . Yā dhanayasalābhasaṅkhātā vutti vinipātena hoti samparāye apāyesu vinipātahetu hutvā pavattati. Atha vā vinipātenāti hetvatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, vinipātanāya pavattatīti adhippāyo. Adhammacaraṇena adhammacaraṇāya. ‘‘Asmā kumbhimivā’’ti ca paṭhanti.
杂项注释显示巴利原文
Pakiṇṇakavaṇṇanā
由身、语、意生起故,说为「以劝告为生起」。劝告即是行。这些属于行。「以说法为生起」者,是从语和意生起。在此,由于有身表和语表的情况,是否应如「高声嬉笑、高声」等处那样,说为「由身、语、意」呢?不应如是说。因为在坐、行、食、放入等动作中有身表存在,于那些处是合适的,而在说法中并无那样的情形。显示巴利原文
Kāyavācācittato samuṭṭhahantīti katvā ‘‘samanubhāsanasamuṭṭhānānī’’ti vuttāni. Samanubhāsanaṃ kiriyaṃ. Imāni kiriyāni. Dhammadesanasamuṭṭhānāni vācācittatoti ettha kāyavacīviññattibhāvato ujjagghikauccāsaddādīsu viya ‘‘kāyavācācittato’’ti vattabbānīti ce? Na vattabbāni. Nisīdanagamanāhārapakkhipanādikāyaviññattiyā sabbhāvā tattha yuttaṃ, na dhammadesane tādisassābhāvā.
八、七灭诤注释显示巴利原文
8. Sattādhikaraṇasamathavaṇṇanā
记有:「应行多数决……乃至……应行如草覆地,彼人。」显示巴利原文
‘‘Yebhuyyasikā kātabbā…pe… tiṇavatthārako kātabbo, so puggalo’’ti ca likhitaṃ.
比丘尼分别注释显示巴利原文
Bhikkhunīvibhaṅgavaṇṇanā
一、巴拉基咖品注释显示巴利原文
1. Pārājikakaṇḍavaṇṇanā
造论开端之注释显示巴利原文
Ganthārambhavaṇṇanā
如同在《分别》中为比丘们详尽阐述的;
虽未为比丘尼制作,我今将说其句释次第。
显示巴利原文 Vibhaṅge viya bhikkhūnaṃ, vitthāramabhisaṅkhataṃ; Akatvā bhikkhunīnampi, vakkhe gaṇṭhipadakkamaṃ.
其意为:若比丘尼的《分别》存在,则其注释次第便已获得。显示巴利原文
Yo bhikkhunīnaṃ vibhaṅgo assa, tassa saṃvaṇṇanākkamo pattoti attho.
一、第一巴拉基咖学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
656-7 于各别之处,于处所生起之慧即是审察。依词之次第,即是依论母之词次第。‘所说’,是指结集者思惟分别的解说。显示巴利原文
656-7. Tattha tattha ṭhānuppattikapaññā vīmaṃsā. Padapaṭipāṭiyā evāti mātikāpadapaṭipāṭiyā eva. ‘‘Vuttanti saṅgītikānaṃ upasaṅkappanānaṃ vibhājanaṃ vutta’’nti likhitaṃ.
658 “来!比丘尼”为比丘尼,“由三皈依受具足戒者”为比丘尼——此是一些人依说法之风格所说。一些人说,于其他佛陀时期存在此种情况,此说不合理,因为若然,则我等佛陀时期也可能存在,且可见到禁止“来!比丘尼”的迹象。如《法句经》注释在维沙卡事中说:“布施衣服的果报,得此大蔓饰。因女人布施衣服,得大蔓饰之极;因男人布施衣服,得神通所成衣钵。”然而,由三皈依受具足戒的比丘尼,于其他佛陀时期或许有时存在,于我等佛陀时期则绝无。不过,依说法之风格,只是依比丘说法次第而作比丘尼的解说,因此即使有依比丘僧团于一处受具足戒的比丘尼存在,也未在那里论及。她们的存在,应由此附属之说得知。显示巴利原文
658. ‘‘Ehibhikkhunīti bhikkhunī, tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampannāti bhikkhunī’’ti idaṃ pana desanāvilāsavasena vuttanti eke. Aññabuddhakāle atthīti eke, taṃ na yuttaṃ viya dissati amhākampi buddhakāle sambhavappasaṅgato, ehibhikkhuniyā paṭisedhachāyādissanato ca. Yathāha dhammapade visākhāvatthusmiṃ (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1. visākhāvatthu) ‘‘tassa cīvaradānassa nissandena imaṃ mahālatāpasādhanaṃ labhi. Itthīnañhi cīvaradānaṃ mahālatāpasādhanabhaṇḍena matthakaṃ pappoti, purisānaṃ iddhimayapattacīvarenā’’ti. Tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampannāya pana bhikkhuniyā sambhavo aññabuddhakāle kadāci siyā, nattheva amhākaṃ buddhakāle. Desanāvilāsena pana bhikkhudesanākkameneva bhikkhuniniddeso vutto, teneva bhikkhusaṅghavasena ekatoupasampannā bhikkhuniyo vijjamānāpi tattha na vuttā. Tāsaṃ atthitā imāya parivārakathāya veditabbā –
‘‘Ubho ekato upasampannā, Ubhinnaṃ hatthato cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇheyya; Siyā āpattiyo nānā, Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 479);
或于凡夫位时,由“来,比丘”或皈依得具足戒者,因女性相显现而住于比丘尼性,依男性受具足戒而称为“来,比丘尼”及“由三皈依受具足戒之比丘尼”。有者言:“若不尔者,彼语则成相违。”应审察而取。“有智、有能力”乃约二者无自主性之成就而说。于此,因凡受食者之最上手,有时与男子之手相混;或受礼者之男子头,有时与最上足相混;或于剃发时,头与男子之手相混;心是极远寻求或难守护者,故诸佛世尊出于悲悯,分别说示巴拉基咖之范围与偷兰遮之范围,以免比丘尼之巴拉基咖罪过速生,当如是知。显示巴利原文
Atha vā puthujjanakāle ehibhikkhusaraṇagamanena upasampannova itthiliṅgapātubhāvena bhikkhunibhāve ṭhitā purisūpasampannaṃ upādāya ‘‘ehibhikkhunī’’ti, ‘‘tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampannā bhikkhunī’’ti ca saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. No ce, taṃ vacanaṃ virujjheyyāti eke, vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Viññū paṭibalo’’ti dvinnaṃ avassavabhāvassa ijjhanato vuttaṃ. Ettha yasmā yaṃ kiñci āmisaṃ paṭiggaṇhantīnaṃ aggahatthā purisānaṃ hatthehi kadāci missībhāvaṃ gacchanti, vandantānaṃ vā purisānaṃ sirāni aggapādehi missitāni kadāci honti, kesacchedanakāle vā siraṃ purisānaṃ hatthehi missitaṃ hoti, cittaṃ nāmetaṃ atiraddhagavesi, durakkhiyaṃ vā, tasmā ‘‘mā atilahuṃ pārājikāpatti bhikkhunīnaṃ hotū’’ti buddhā bhagavanto kāruññena pārājikakkhettaparicchedaṃ, thullaccayakkhettaparicchedañca visuṃ visuṃ desesunti veditabbaṃ.
659 “依彼多分理趣而说”——于此有如是句释次第:因多为行之等起,故说为“行之等起”。然不说“行身触”而说“忍受”,故应知亦从非行之等起。如是此处,于下以“若与女人于三道行淫法者,巴拉基咖”等理趣说行之等起已,紧接着以“若比丘之敌……若彼忍受进入,巴拉基咖”等理趣,亦说非行之等起,故第一巴拉基咖亦依彼多分理趣,应知为行之等起性。因于忍受进入等中,未见行之等起。此处之生支动,不应视为本质,因于“若彼不忍受进入,不忍受已入,不忍受住,忍受出,巴拉基咖”中,于不忍受住时,自然亦有圆满动故。由忍受之缘,此处不见行淫之动,故唯依彼多分理趣,应取行之等起。若问:何故于诸处注释中不说彼多分理趣?因于论母中“若比丘行淫法”已以行之等起之自性而说,故随顺于彼,不观分别理趣而唯说为“行之等起”。如这些依彼多分理趣说行之等起,如是酒等唯以不善心而可饮,非余;若说“唯以不善心而犯者,此为世间罪;余为制立罪”,则世间罪与制立罪之决定相成就;若不如此说,而谓“于其有心分中,心唯是不善者,此为世间罪;余为制立罪”,则世间罪之言成无义,因于事不知。显示巴利原文
659.Tabbahulanayenasā vuttāti ettha ayamanugaṇṭhipadakkamo – yebhuyyena kiriyasamuṭṭhānattā ‘‘kiriyasamuṭṭhāna’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjeyyā’’ti avatvā pana ‘‘sādiyeyyā’’ti vuttattā akiriyatopi samuṭṭhātīti veditabbaṃ. Yathā cettha, evaṃ heṭṭhā ‘‘manussitthiyā tayo magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassa āpatti pārājikassā’’tiādinā nayena kiriyasamuṭṭhānataṃ vatvā tadanantaraṃ ‘‘bhikkhupaccatthikā…pe… so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassā’’tiādinā (pārā. 56) nayena akiriyasamuṭṭhānatāyapi vuttattā paṭhamapārājikassāpi tabbahulanayeneva kiriyasamuṭṭhānatā veditabbā. Na hi pavesanasādiyanādimhi kiriyasamuṭṭhānatā dissati. Aṅgajātacalanañcettha na sārato daṭṭhabbaṃ ‘‘so ce pavesanaṃ na sādiyati, paviṭṭhaṃ na sādiyati, ṭhitaṃ na sādiyati, uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassā’’ti (pārā. 58) ettha ṭhita na sādiyane pakatiyāpi paripuṇṇacalanattā. Sādiyanapaccayā hi sevanacalanañcettha na dissatevāti tabbahulanayeneva kiriyasamuṭṭhānatā gahetabbā. Tattha tattha aṭṭhakathāsu kasmā tabbahulanayo avuttoti ce? ‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyyā’’ti (pārā. 39, 42) mātikāyaṃ kiriyasamuṭṭhānassa sarūpena vuttattā tadanurūpavasena vibhaṅganayamanoloketvā ‘‘kiriyasamuṭṭhāna’’micceva vuttaṃ. Yathā cetesu tabbahulanayena kiriyasamuṭṭhānatā vuttā, tathā surādīnaṃ akusaleneva pātabbatā, na itarathā ‘‘yaṃ akusaleneva āpajjati, ayaṃ lokavajjā, sesā paṇṇattivajjā’’ti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanā) vutte lokavajjapaṇṇattivajjānaṃ niyamanalakkhaṇasiddhi hoti, tathā taṃ avatvā ‘‘yassā sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalameva hoti, ayaṃ lokavajjā. Sesā paṇṇattivajjā’’ti vutte lokavajjavacanaṃ niratthakaṃ siyā vatthuajānanapakkhepi akusaleneva pātabbattā. Yasmā tattha surāpānavītikkamassa akusalacittuppādo natthi, tasmā khandhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 108) ‘‘majjapāne pana bhikkhuno ajānitvāpi bījato paṭṭhāya majjaṃ pivantassa pācittiyaṃ, sāmaṇero jānitvā pivanto sīlabhedaṃ āpajjati, na ajānitvā’’ti vuttaṃ, na vuttaṃ ‘‘vatthuajānanapakkhe pāṇātipātādīnaṃ siddhikaraakusalacittuppādasadise cittuppāde satipi sāmaṇero sīlabhedaṃ nāpajjatī’’ti. Abhinivesavacanaṃ pāṇātipātādīhi samānajātikattā sāmaṇerānaṃ surāpānassa. ‘‘Surādayo panime’’ti vatthuṃ jānitvā pātabbatādivasena vītikkamantassa akusalassa asambhavo natthi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘yassa sacittakapakkhe’’tiādi.
在此,若有人以合理之说认为:由于阿罗汉不会进入(犯戒),所以在有心与无心的类别中,不善是确定的吗?并非如此,因为依法的决定性,即使有学圣者也不会进入(犯戒)。为了显示在无心类别中并无不善的确定性,应举出诸如酒滴落入熟睡者口中之类的例子。因为依多分之理把握义理时,前后注释书是相符的。有人说:‘与圣典一起,无差别的义理将在后文显现。’对此应作审察:若在知物的立场上,饮酒可以脱离不善而存在,那么为何圣者们在以饮料等想(而饮)时,不会越过喉咙呢?若说:即使没有心,圣者们依法的决定性,也根本不可能发生破戒的根本违犯,并非如此,因为这与护眼长老的故事等相矛盾。再者,为何比丘尼的饮酒不像沙弥那样,必定是有心的呢?若说因为不适当,那么对沙弥们也同样不适当,因为他们确实是同法者。若说因为过患重大,那么对沙弥们也同样如此。若说沙弥们必定是有心的才构成波罗夷,其他(无心)的只是处罚事由,那么比丘们饮酒时,并不存在(波罗夷)。在此,不应以三聚波逸提来成立。对于酒作非酒想者,应制定恶作罪。若说比丘的波逸提事由,对沙弥们是波罗夷,就像对畜生沙弥那样,那么对于饮酒等,即使是无心的,也应制定沙弥的波罗夷。若说无心的波罗夷不可能存在,并非如此,因为即使是制定罪的波罗夷也可能存在。在异部派的立场上,这过失同样存在。因为对我们而言,饮酒唯是世间罪。然而,为何在此唯独饮酒,圣者们依法的决定性而不作呢?应知:并非唯独饮酒,圣者们依法的决定性而不作;对于有情,他们也不依嗔心、以有情想而行斩首等;不以己妻想而侵犯他人之妻;不以不坏利益想而说破坏利益的妄语;不以正见想而践行邪见。诸师长也说,在饮酒中并无不善的确定性,因此,在《本母注释》的《要句》中,于世间罪与制定罪的章节里写道:‘在有心类别中为不善,这是为了包含饮酒等;否则,若有人说那唯是不善,就会那样说。’然而,其(饮酒)的唯作生起,只是依多分之理,而非在第一波罗夷中。如何呢?身触学处是第一波罗夷的生起因。在此,当比丘与比丘尼有身触的状态时,比丘尼即使未移动身体,仅以心接受也犯(罪),比丘则不然。而比丘仅在移动时才犯(罪);同样地,在第一波罗夷中,也仅在移动时才犯(罪),不移动则不犯。所谓‘接受进入’,在此,‘接受进入’是指生起从事之心;即便如此,也说了‘应审察后而取’。显示巴利原文
Kiñcettha yuttivacanena arahantānaṃ appavisanato sacittakācittakapakkhesu akusalaniyamoti ce? Na, dhammatāvasena sekkhānampi appavisanato. Acittakapakkhe akusalaniyamābhāvadassanatthaṃ supantassa mukhe pakkhittajalabindumiva surābinduādayo udāharitabbāti. Tabbahulanayena hi atthe gahite pubbenāparaṃ aṭṭhakathāya sameti. ‘‘Saddhiṃ pāḷiyā avisesattho parato āvi bhavissatīti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Idamettha vicāretabbaṃ . Yadi vatthujānanapakkhe vinā akusalena majjapānaṃ siyā, kasmā nāḷimajjhaṃ nātikkamati ariyānaṃ pānakādisaññīnanti? Sīlabhedavatthuvītikkamo vināpi cittena ariyānaṃ dhammatāvaseneva na sambhavatīti ce, na, cakkhupālattheravatthu (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.1) ādivirodhatoti. Apica bhikkhunopi sāmaṇerassa viya surāpānaṃ sacittakameva kasmā na jātanti? Appatirūpattāti ce, sāmaṇerānampi appatirūpameva. Sahadhammikā eva hi te. Mahāsāvajjattāti ce? Sāmaṇerānampi tādisameva. Sāmaṇerānaṃ sacittakameva pārājikaṃ, itaraṃ daṇḍakammavatthūti ce? Bhikkhūnampi majjapāne natthi. Ettha tikapācittiyena na bhavitabbaṃ. Majje amajjasaññissa dukkaṭāpatti paññāpetabbā siyā. Bhikkhussa pācittiyavatthu sāmaṇerānaṃ pārājikaṃ hoti tiracchānagatasāmaṇerānaṃ viyāti ce? Acittakampi majjapānādīnaṃ sāmaṇerānaṃ pārājikaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ siyā. Nācittakaṃ pārājikaṃ sambhavatīti ce? Na, paṇṇattivajjampi pārājikaṃ sambhavatīti. Nikāyantarapakkhe ayameva doso. Amhākañhi lokavajjameva majjapānanti. Kasmā panettha surāpānameva dhammatāvasena ariyā na karontīti? Na kevalaṃ surāpānameva dhammatāvasena ariyā na karonti, pāṇesupi kodhavasena pāṇasaññitāya sīsacchedanādīni na karonti, sadārasaññāya paradāraṃ na vītikkamanti, anatthabhañjakasaññāya atthabhañjakamusā na vadanti, sammādiṭṭhisaññāya micchādiṭṭhiṃ na paṭipajjantīti veditabbā. Ācariyāpi surāpāne akusalaniyamābhāvameva vadanti, tasmā eva mātikāṭṭhakathāya gaṇṭhipade lokavajjapaṇṇattivajjādhikāre ‘‘sacittakapakkheakusalanti surāpānādisaṅgahatthaṃ, itarathā yassa akusalamevāti vadeyyā’’ti likhitaṃ. Kiriyasamuṭṭhānatā panassa tabbahulanayameva, na paṭhamapārājike. Kathaṃ? Kāyasaṃsaggasikkhāpadaṃ paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Ettha bhikkhussa ca bhikkhuniyā ca kāyasaṃsaggabhāve sati bhikkhunī kāyaṅgamacopayamānāpi citteneva adhivāsentī āpajjati, na evaṃ bhikkhu. Bhikkhu pana copayamānova āpajjati, evameva paṭhamapārājikepi copane sati eva āpajjati, nāsati. Pavesanaṃ sādiyatīti ettha pavesanasādiyanaṃ nāma sevanacittassuppādananti, evaṃ santepi ‘‘vīmaṃsitvā gahetabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
二、第二巴拉基咖学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyapārājikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
依“圣尼,你明知故犯波罗夷法”之说、“犯八波罗夷中某一波罗夷”之说、结尾“圣尼们,八波罗夷法已诵出”等说,以及《附随》中“共通制定、两方制定”之说,可知:世尊在涉及比丘尼分别时,对于共通学处,仅在比丘中生起事缘时,便以“若比丘尼乐意行淫欲法,乃至与畜生行,亦是波罗夷,不共住”等方式,放下既有差别亦无差别的纲目,再依次详尽解说分别句、犯相差别、三聚断及无犯条款,毫无遗漏。然而,结集者们在此仅详细解说了不共通的制定。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ ayye jānaṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanna’’nti vacanato, ‘‘aṭṭhannaṃ pārājikānaṃ aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ ajjhāpanna’’nti (pāci. 666) vacanato, ante ‘‘uddiṭṭhā kho ayyāyo aṭṭha pārājikā dhammā’’tiādivacanato (pāci. 677), parivāre ‘‘sādhāraṇapaññatti ubhatopaññattī’’ti (pari. 201) vacanato ca bhikkhunivibhaṅgaṃ patvā bhagavā sādhāraṇāni sikkhāpadāni bhikkhūnaṃ uppannavatthusmiṃyeva ‘‘yā pana bhikkhunī chandaso methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya antamaso tiracchānagatenapi pārājikā hoti asaṃvāsā’’tiādinā nayena savisesampi avisesampi mātikaṃ nikkhipitvā anukkamena padabhājanaṃ, āpattibhedaṃ, tikacchedaṃ, anāpattivārañca anavasesaṃ vatvā vitthāresi. Saṅgītikārakehi pana asādhāraṇapaññattiyoyeva idha vitthāritāti veditabbā.
666 666. 此处,“八波罗夷”一语,仅是结集者们依理则安立之言,因为在此之前,第六、第七、第八波罗夷尚未制定。世尊在制定时,连同最初的学处,应说为“六波罗夷”。有些师长认为,连同此后所制的,“八波罗夷”之语是后来才出现的。然而,注释书中说:“而此波罗夷是后来制定的,因此在分别中说‘八’。”因此,依注释书师们的见解,诸波罗夷是依制定次第而结集的,此点已然成立。“aññāsi”是原文,不应取“aññāsī”的读法。依“依粗重学处所说之理”之说,凡覆藏罪者,她即是覆藏罪者,此已成立。覆藏罪虽是出于爱著,但违犯学处之心唯是忧俱,故说为“苦受”。显示巴利原文
666. Tattha ‘‘aṭṭhannaṃ pārājikāna’’nti idaṃ kevalaṃ saṅgītikārakānaṃyeva nayato nikkhittavacanaṃ ito pubbe chaṭṭhasattamaṭṭhamānaṃ pārājikānaṃ apaññattattā. Bhagavatā pana idaṃ paññāpitamādisikkhāpadampi upādāya ‘‘channaṃ pārājikāna’’nti vuttaṃ siyā. Ito uddhaṃ paññattānipi upādāya ‘‘aṭṭhannaṃ pārājikāna’’nti vacanaṃ aparabhāge uppannanti ekacce ācariyā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘idañca pārājikaṃ pacchā paññattaṃ, tasmā ‘aṭṭhanna’nti vibhaṅge vutta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ, tasmā aṭṭhakathācariyānaṃ matena siddhametaṃ yathāpaññattānukkamavaseneva saṅgītānīti. ‘‘Aññāsi’’nti pāṭho. Aññāsīti na gahetabbo. ‘‘Duṭṭhullasikkhāpade vuttanayenevā’’ti vacanato vajjapaṭicchādikaṃ yā paṭicchādeti, sāpi vajjapaṭicchādikaāyevāti siddhaṃ. Kiñcāpi vajjapaṭicchādanaṃ pemavasena hoti, tathāpi sikkhāpadavītikkamacittaṃ domanassikameva hotīti katvā ‘‘dukkhavedana’’nti vuttaṃ.
三、第三巴拉基咖学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Tatiyapārājikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
669 “借此意图”即指“通过劝告与提醒”这一句。关于此处,应作如下思辨——若有比丘与被举罪的比丘持相同见解,成为见解不同而共住者,则此人不应受礼敬,在羯磨与非羯磨中如同被举罪者一样不算作满众数,亦不得同宿;但比丘尼则非如此。因为比丘尼只要未被劝告,就仍算满众数,且得共住。追随见解不同而共住者,即是追随被举罪者。若被举罪者命终,追随他的比丘仍是见解不同而共住者。同样,若被举罪者还俗、或投靠外道、或舍戒而处于沙弥地,亦复如是(有说)。依他们之见,即使被举罪者处于如此状态,追随他的比丘尼仍应被劝告。劝告羯磨为僧团所摄,若僧团故意免除先前的罪过,似不合理。而举罪甘马,唯因不见罪、不忏罪、不舍恶见而作;若仅因追随此人,便通过劝告而令其退出教法,这合理吗?若以为不合理,则不应如此说,因为这在非波罗夷事中亦有此关联,且律法不涉及其他领域。显示巴利原文
669.Imaṃ adhippāyamattanti ‘‘codetvā sāretvā’’ti etaṃ. Etthāyaṃ vicāraṇā – yo bhikkhu ukkhittakabhikkhunā samānadiṭṭhiko laddhinānāsaṃvāsako hoti, so avandanīyo, kammākamme ukkhittako viya na gaṇapūraṇo, sahaseyyampi na labhati, na tathā bhikkhunī. Sā hi yāva na samanubhaṭṭhā, tāva gaṇapūrakā ca hoti, saṃvāsañca labhati. Laddhinānāsaṃvāsikānuvattikāpi ukkhittānuvattikāva hoti. Ukkhitto ce kālaṅkato, tadanuvattako bhikkhu laddhinānāsaṃvāsako hotiyeva. Tathā vibbhantepi tasmiṃ titthiyapakkantakepi sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya sāmaṇerabhūmiyaṃ ṭhitepīti eke. Tesaṃ matena ukkhittake tathābhūtepi bhikkhunī tadanuvattikā samanubhāsitabbāvāti āpajjati. Samanubhāsanakammaṃ saṅghāyattaṃ, saṅghena sañcicca purimakāpattiṃ apanetuṃ na yuttaṃ viya khāyati. Ukkhepanīyakammañca āpattiadassanamatte, appaṭikammamatte, kudiṭṭhiappaṭinissajjanamatte ca kariyati, tassa anuvattanamattena samanubhāsitvā sāsanato cāvetabbānīti na yuttanti ce? Na vattabbameva, idaṃ apārājikavatthūsupi tappasaṅgato, anaññavisayattā ca vinayassa.
四、第四巴拉基咖学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Catutthapārājikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
675 如是记载:“为了显示名为世间味著的交友亲近,而说‘以身触染著’。”‘三女性’意指于三女性中,或三位女性。‘不亲近她’即不亲近那些女性。‘非圣者’指二根人。‘于根门’即于自己的根门。‘不亲近’即不亲近。‘不实行’即不实行。‘色与非色’指二者皆有精液泄出。‘令往来产生’即作媒。显示巴利原文
675. ‘‘Lokassādasaṅkhātassa mittasanthavassa vasena taṃ dassetuṃ kāyasaṃsaggarāgenāti vutta’’nti likhitaṃ. Tissitthiyoti tīsu itthīsu, tisso vā itthiyo. Taṃ na seveti tāsu na sevati. Anariyāti ubhatobyañjanā. Byañjanasminti attano byañjane. Na seveti na sevati. Na cācareti nācarati. Vaṇṇāvaṇṇoti dvīhipi sukkavissaṭṭhi. Gamanuppādananti sañcarittaṃ.
676 “或下衣或上衣”:此处意指,接受他人执持自己穿着或披覆之衣,即为此义。显示巴利原文
676.‘‘Nivatthaṃ vā pārutaṃ vā’’ti ettha nivatthassa vā pārutassa vā vatthassa gahaṇaṃ sādiyatīti attho.
二、桑喀地谢萨品注释显示巴利原文
2. Saṅghādisesakaṇḍavaṇṇanā
一、第一桑喀地谢萨学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
681 “被带来者”指被领来者,“确定者”是其意图。所谓“不净半钱”,是指为了僧团或净人个人的物品,以僧团禁止的方式,或自行前往裁决处说:“这是我们的奴仆、婢女、水池、田地、园林、园地、牛、母牛、水牛、山羊、鸡”等,此为不净。若被问及或未被问及,可以说:“这是我们的净人、净人女;此水池由某甲施予僧团手中,为供乳之用。从此田地、园林所生的四资具,从此牛、水牛、山羊所生的乳制品,由某甲施予僧团。”据说,若不说“已作”而说“正在作”,即是以未作之事作为开始而说。‘颈’仅指颈,非波罗夷。‘令作后应施’此处,若是武器类,不应令作其刃,应以其他方式告知。因为说“三心、三受”,故应知这是依“依人我慢、依嗔恚慢”等随一法而说。显示巴利原文
681.Āhatakoti ānīto, niyatakoti adhippāyo. Akappiyaaḍḍo nāma saṅghassa vā ārāmikapuggalassa vā vatthussa kāraṇā saṅghassa vārikabhāvena sayameva vā adhikaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā ‘‘amhākaṃ eso dāso, dāsī, vāpī, khettaṃ, ārāmo, ārāmavatthu, gāvo, gāvī, mahiṃsī, ajā, kukkuṭā’’tiādinā voharati, akappiyaṃ. ‘‘Ayaṃ amhākaṃ ārāmiko ārāmikā, ayaṃ vāpī itthannāmena saṅghassa hatthe dohanatthāya dinnā. Ito khettato ārāmato uppajjanakacatupaccayā ito gāvito mahiṃsito ajāto uppajjanakagorasā itthannāmena saṅghassa dinnā’’ti pucchite vā apucchite vā vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Kata’’nti avatvā ‘‘karontī’’ti vacanena kira anenakataṃ ārabbha ācikkhitā nāma hoti. Gīvāti kevalaṃ gīvā eva hoti, na pārājikaṃ. Kārāpetvā dātabbāti ettha sace āvudhabhaṇḍaṃ hoti, tassa dhārā na kāretabbā, aññena pana ākārena saññāpetabbaṃ. ‘‘Ticittaṃ tivedana’’nti vuttattā ‘‘mānussayavasena kodhussayavasenā’’ti tabbahulanayena vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
二、第二桑喀地谢萨学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
683 “佣仆之子众”即少年佣仆的群体,称为佣仆之子众。“净”即净物。“净性”即净物的性质。“于已离去者”是指除自己的徒众外,其余已离去的人。应知,即使圣者不知制戒而令人出罪,也因为在甘马语结束之时、犯戒刹那,或者基于异熟无记的状态而说“三心”。古义疏中说:“对于令出家者,没有恶作。”显示巴利原文
683. Bhaṭiputtakānaṃ kumārabhaṭikānaṃ gaṇā bhaṭiputtagaṇā. Kappanti kappiyaṃ. Kappagatikanti kappiyasabhāvaṃ. Pakkantāsupīti attano parisaṃ ṭhapetvā itarāsu pakkantāsu. Paṇṇattiṃ ajānantā ariyāpi vuṭṭhāpentīti katvā vā kammavācāpariyosāne āpattikkhaṇe vipākābyākatasamaṅgitāvasena vā ‘‘ticitta’’nti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Pabbājane na dukkaṭa’’nti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
三、第三桑喀地谢萨学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Tatiyasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
687 据说,跋陀迦比罗尼是大迦叶的故妻。亲属之家所在的村庄,此村庄即称为亲属村,意为去往有家族聚居的村庄。或者如“驱羊入村”等用法,作双宾语,也可理解为“去了村庄,去了亲属之家”。显示巴利原文
687.Bhaddākāpilānī mahākassapassa purāṇadutiyā kira. Ñātīnaṃ kulaṃ yasmiṃ gāmake, tadetaṃ gāmakaṃ ñātikulaṃ, kulasannihitaṃ gāmakaṃ agamāsīti attho. ‘‘Ajaṃ gāmaṃ netī’’tiādīsu viya vā dvikammikaṃ katvā gāmakaṃ agamāsi ñātikulaṃ agamāsītipi yujjati.
692 “越过无围墙村的近行处”一语,也应如此理解:在非时入村学处中,近行处应以两掷石之量来界定。否则,如同在此处将应当立墙之处作为围墙而说“越过”,在彼处也应当说“越过无围墙村的近行处”。然而,因为在彼处,从应当立墙之处再向外一掷石的距离才是近行处,为了显示这层意义,才说“进入无围墙村的近行处”。至于安达咖注疏中所说:“将应当立墙之处本身标识为‘近行处’,为了说明围墙与应当立墙之处没有差别的原因,故说‘入近行处’。如果不观察巴利语的特殊性,在越过无围墙村的近行处时,此处的近行处就如同围墙,迈出第一步犯恶作,迈出第二步犯波逸提。”此说不应采纳,因为巴利语并无此特殊性。“于某些处所见‘进入无围墙村的近行处’,此不应采纳”,其他人如是说。其中所谓“不观察巴利语特殊性”一语并不恰当,为何?因为在非时入村学处中,某处也可见到“越过近行处”的读法。阿阇梨说:这是从安达咖注疏的读法中得来。无围墙村的“进入近行处”读法方才合理,而非“越过”。为何?因为在多处巴利圣典与注疏相违,在此学处中也同样相违。如何相违?从僧团分离者在林中有罪,并非在村中。然而,示例中显示了“世尊所制学处”的偈颂,因此越过含摄近行处的河流时有罪。何况是“行”显示巴利原文
692. ‘‘Aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ atikkāmentiyā’’ti vacanenapi evaṃ veditabbaṃ – vikālagāmappavesane dvinnaṃ leḍḍupātānaṃyeva vasena upacāro paricchinditabbo, itarathā yathā ettha parikkhepārahaṭṭhānaṃ parikkhepaṃ viya katvā ‘‘atikkāmentiyā’’ti vuttaṃ, evaṃ tatthāpi ‘‘aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ atikkamantassā’’ti vadeyya. Yasmā pana tattha parikkhepārahaṭṭhānato uttari eko leḍḍupāto upacāroti adhippeto, tasmā tadatthadīpanatthaṃ ‘‘aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ pana andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘parikkhepārahaṭṭhānaṃyeva ‘upacāra’nti sallakkhetvā parikkhepaparikkhepārahaṭṭhānānaṃ ninnānākāraṇadīpanatthaṃ ‘upacāraṃ okkamantassā’ti vuttaṃ pāḷivisesamasallakkhetvāva aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ atikkamantassa idha upacāro parikkhepo yathā bhaveyya, taṃ upacāraṃ paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ na gahetabbameva pāḷiyā visesasabbhāvatoti. ‘‘Aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantiyātipi ekaccesu dissati, taṃ na gahetabbanti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘pāḷivisesamasallakkhetvā’’ti duvuttaṃ, kasmā? Vikālagāmappavesanasikkhāpadepi katthaci ‘‘upacāraṃ atikkamantassā’’ti pāṭho dissatīti, so andhakaṭṭhakathāpāṭhato gahitoti ācariyo. Aparikkhittassa upacārokkamanameva pāṭho yujjati, na atikkamanaṃ. Kasmā? Bahūsu ṭhānesu pāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāhi virujjhanato, imasmiṃ vāpi sikkhāpade virujjhati. Kathaṃ? Gaṇamhā ohīyamānāya araññe āpatti hoti, na gāme. Atha ca pana nidassanampi ‘‘sikkhāpadā buddhavarenā’’ti (pari. 479) gāthā dassitā, tasmā upacārokkamanapariyāpannanadiṃ atikkāmentiyā hoti. Kiñca bhiyyo ‘‘gacchantassa catasso āpattiyo, ṭhitassa cāpi tattakātiādīnaṃ (pari. 475) parivāragāthānaṃ aṭṭhakathāhi upacārokkamanameva pāṭhoti niṭṭhaṃ gantabba’’nti ca vuttaṃ, suṭṭhu sallakkhetvā kathetabbaṃ.
「此处意指唯以步行,故说『举第一足』等」,以此显示:于非时入村学处等中,因无步行之故,乘乘车或以神通进入者、行于道路者无罪。关于此,有人说:「因不相应故无免罪」。此应审察而取。比丘尼住处之地虽包含于「村间」,但未言及,因是净地故。「其他人说:『若比丘尼众进入大菩提园时,一人居于外,彼便有罪』等语,如此则比丘住处亦成非净地,此义得成。故如某处城之犍度法住处,如咖维拉巴德那之沙利法住处,其他住处亦然。因此,为结界之安隐,于村间状态时,为不中断受持而入者、出者,亦有村间罪』,此如是说。『四村共有』,此处应知:于如是住处结界者,彼四村亦应清净。若与比丘尼或女人或盗贼约定而入彼住处者,四罪一时成就。某些人说:「于一一村间犯巴吉帝亚」。」
},
{显示巴利原文
‘‘Padasā gamanameva hi idhādhippetaṃ, teneva paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmentiyātiādimāhā’’ti ettha vikālagāmappavesanasikkhāpadādīsu tadabhāvā yānena vā iddhiyā vā pavisato, addhānaṃ gacchato ca āpattīti dīpeti. Tattha asāruppattā āpattimokkho natthīti eke, vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ. Bhikkhunīvihārabhūmi ‘‘gāmantara’’nti na vuccati gāmantarapariyāpannāyapi kappiyabhūmittā. ‘‘Parato ‘sace bhikkhunīsu mahābodhiyaṅgaṇaṃ pavisantīsu ekā bahi tiṭṭhati, tassā āpattī’tiādivacanato bhikkhuvihāro na kappiyabhūmīti siddhaṃ, tasmā kañcinagare khandhadhammavihāro viya, kāvīrapaṭṭane sārīdhammavihāro viya ca aññopi so vihāro, tasmā sīmabaddhasukhatthaṃ gāmantarabhāve nirantarā adhiṭṭhānatthaṃ pavisantiyā, nikkhamantiyāpi gāmantarāpatti hotīti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Catugāmasādhāraṇattāti ettha evaṃvidhe vihāre sīmaṃ bandhantehi cattāropi te gāmā sodhetabbāti veditabbā. Saṃvidahitvā bhikkhuniyā vā mātugāmena vā theyyasatthena vā saddhiṃ taṃ vihāraṃ okkamantiyā catasso āpattiyo ekatova honti. ‘‘Gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti vuttāti eke.
「举第二足时桑喀地谢萨」,此处若第二足举起于净地,非桑喀地谢萨;唯于非净地才是桑喀地谢萨。「于两岸游行,因此处见近行之可能而允许」,此所书写者合理。因此处于河对岸、村间,闻近行无量。然而安达咖注疏中说:「从对岸下河,从见近行处取薪、叶而来,无罪。三衣于对岸晒,无罪」。「仅来此岸,有罪」,因以欲越之心而入故说。「以沐浴等事而入者,于某处接触之可能允许」,如是说。「村间有量」,注疏中说:从对岸下河,从见近行处,从自村以薪叶,即使少许,以渡河之力,不允许出而入。显示巴利原文
Dutiyapāduddhāre saṅghādisesoti ettha sace dutiyo pāduddhāro kappiyabhūmiyaṃ hoti, na saṅghādiseso, akappiyabhūmiyaṃ eva saṅghādiseso. ‘‘Ubhayatīresu vicaranti, vaṭṭatīti dassanūpacārassettha sambhavā’’ti likhitaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ. Savanūpacāro hettha nadīpāre, gāmantare vā appamāṇanti. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘paratīrato nadiṃ otaritvā dassanūpacārato dārūni, paṇṇānivā maggitvā āneti, anāpatti. Ticīvarāni paratīre otāpeti, anāpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Orimatīrameva āgacchati, āpattī’’ti atikkamitukāmatāya paviṭṭhattā vuttaṃ. ‘‘Nhāyanādikiccena paviṭṭhānaṃ katthevālayasambhavā vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Gāmantare pamāṇanti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ paratīrato nadiṃ otaritvā dassanūpacārato dārūni paṇṇāni sakagāmato thokampi taraṇavārena na vaṭṭati kira nikkhamitvā pavisituṃ.
「无村之林」者,具无村相之林之义。以此显示罪境。因此是罪境,故从比丘尼住处越村之界标柱者,于无村时犯从僧团分离罪。即使无见闻近行,于越村界标柱之刹那即犯。若彼处有一比丘尼,于越彼之见闻近行之刹那犯,不应取「唯于林间道路行走时此规则」。然而从村出者,为显示从此开始犯,故说「无村之林」。因为已说:「若他们是可劝者、可摄受者、有惭者,激怒他们不应往他处。若去,不免于村间、河对岸、夜别离、从僧团分离等罪」等。其中「从僧团分离罪仅犯一次。其他于村村、岸岸、黎明黎明」,应如是知,如是说。其中「因为已说」等,因应随可能而取,非能立。「大菩提园等,为显示即使于村之近处亦犯此罪而说」,如是书写。显示巴利原文
Agāmakearaññeti agāmalakkhaṇe araññeti attho. Iminā āpattikhettaṃ dassitaṃ. Yasmā idaṃ āpattikhettaṃ, tasmā yā bhikkhunupassayato gāmassa indakhīlaṃ atikkamati, sā asante gāme gaṇamhā ohīyanāpattiṃ āpajjati. Dassanasavanūpacārābhāvepi pageva gāme indakhīlātikkamanakkhaṇeyeva āpajjati. Sace tattha ekā bhikkhunī atthi, tassā dassanasavanūpacārātikkamanakkhaṇe āpajjati, araññamaggagamanakāle evāyaṃ vidhīti na gahetabbaṃ. Gāmato pana nikkhamantī ito paṭṭhāya āpajjatīti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘agāmakaṃ arañña’’nti vuttaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘ārādhikā ca honti saṅgāhikā lajjiniyo, tā kopetvā aññattha na gantabbaṃ. Gacchati ce, gāmantaranadīpārarattivippavāsagaṇamhā ohīyanāpattīhi na muccatī’’tiādi. Tattha ‘‘gaṇamhā ohīyanāpatti sakiṃyevāpajjati. Itarā gāme gāme pāre pāre aruṇe aruṇe cāti veditabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘vuttañheta’’ntiādīni asādhakāni yathāsambhavaṃ gahetabbattā. ‘‘Mahābodhiyaṅgaṇantiādi evaṃ gāmassa āsannaṭṭhānepi imaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjatīti dassanatthaṃ vutta’’nti likhitaṃ.
四、第四桑喀地谢萨学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Catutthasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
694 “反驳”是指给予反驳性的答覆。“羯磨过失”者,即经中所记载的:“如‘不知僧团之意欲’等”。“应作处过失”者,这是古师的说法。“作羯磨者僧团”即执行羯磨的僧团。若问:“因为说‘集合比丘尼僧团’,所以执行羯磨的僧团也就是这个吗?”古师说:“最初未请示作羯磨者僧团,这位粗鲁难陀便以强力令彼比丘尼还俗。”由此可知,即使在执行羯磨的比丘众面前,若最初未取得他们的同意,也不应使该羯磨平息;其意趣是:绝不应用强力使已经平息之事再行平息。那里也说:“比丘尼也可作见罪羯磨。”显示巴利原文
694.Paṭivattāti paṭivacanaṃ denti. Kammadosanti ‘‘anaññāya gaṇassa chandanti evamādī’’ti likhitaṃ. Kattabbaṭṭhānadosanti porāṇā. Kārakagaṇassāti kārakasaṅghassa. ‘‘Bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā’ti vuttattā kārakasaṅghopi ayamevāti ce? Paṭhamameva kārakasaṅghaṃ na āmantetvā balakkārenāyaṃ thullanandā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ osāresī’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ, tasmā kārakabhikkhūnaṃ sammukhāpi tesaṃ anumatiṃ paṭhamaṃ aggahetvā taṃ kammaṃ na paṭippassambhetabbanti siddhaṃ hoti, paṭippassaddhaṃ balakkārena na kātabbamevāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Bhikkhunīpi diṭṭhāvikammaṃ kātuṃ labhatī’’ti ca tattha vuttaṃ.
698 “在没有作羯磨者僧团的情况下令其还俗,无罪”——这里,“无”的范围究竟如何?此事在诸处均未详细考察。有些论师说:作羯磨者死亡时。有些说:即使其中一人缺席。有些说:在一国之中。有些说:在一个地区。有些说:在一个村落。有些说:在一所住处。有些说:在可以征询同意之处。有些说:在半由旬的范围内。其中,诸师赞同:“在所住之处没有作羯磨者僧团时,令其还俗无罪。”而“在可以征询同意之处”这一说法,是正确的。显示巴利原文
698.Asante kammakārakasaṅghe osāreti, anāpattīti ettha kittāvatā asanto nāma hotīti? Idaṃ sabbattha na vicāritaṃ. Kārakānaṃ kālakiriyāyāti eke. Ekassapi abhāvenāti eke. Ekasmiṃ rajjeti eke. Ekaraṭṭheti eke. Ekagāmeti eke. Ekasmiṃ āvāseti eke. Yattha sakkā apaloketunti eke. Antoaddhayojaneti eke. Tattha tasmiṃ āvāse asante kārakasaṅghe osāreti, anāpattīti idaṃ pasaṃsanti ācariyā. Yattha sakkā apaloketunti sāmīci.
五、第五桑喀地谢萨学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Pañcamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
701 “此未说”,是指“应视比丘尼为无染欲”这一限定并未被说明。这种未加说明的情况,与圣典是相合的。与哪部圣典相合呢?即“知道对方无染欲而受取”那一句。如果个人是否无染欲并非判断标准,那么这部圣典还有什么用呢?那就只需说“两者都无染欲则无罪,无染欲者受取”就够了。可见,自己的无染欲状态正是标准所在。然而,这一无犯句的含义是:如果双方都无染欲,则一切情况都无犯。如果比丘尼自己无染欲,并以“无染欲”的想法从有染欲者手中受取,这样也无犯。如果她自己虽无染欲,却知道其他无染欲者或有染欲者为“有染欲”,则只犯恶作。这一点在下一个学处中已经说过:“姊妹,你为什么不接受呢?”“尊者,我有染欲……”“我没有染欲。”显示巴利原文
701.Etaṃna vuttanti bhikkhuniyā avassutabhāvo daṭṭhabboti etaṃ niyamanaṃ na vuttaṃ. Taṃ avacanaṃ pāḷiyā sameti. Katarapāḷiyāti? ‘‘Anavassutoti jānantī paṭiggaṇhātī’’ti imāya. Yadi hi puggalassa avassutabhāvo na pamāṇaṃ, kiṃ imāya pāḷiyā payojanaṃ, ‘‘anāpatti ubho anavassutā honti, anavassutā paṭiggaṇhātī’’ti ettakameva vattabbaṃ siyā. Attano hi anavassutabhāvoyeva pamāṇanti. Imassa pana anāpattivārassa ayamattho – ubho ce anavassutā, sabbathāpi anāpatti. Atha bhikkhunī anavassutā samānā avassutampi ‘‘anavassuto’’ti saññāya tassa hatthato paṭiggaṇhāti, evampi anāpattīti. Atha sā anavassutāpi aññaṃ anavassutaṃ vā avassutaṃ vā ‘‘avassuto’’ti jānāti, dukkaṭameva. Vuttañhetaṃ anantarasikkhāpade ‘‘kissa tvaṃ ayye na paṭiggaṇhāsīti. Avassuto ayyeti…pe… nāhaṃ avassutā’’ti.
六、第六桑喀地谢萨学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Chaṭṭhasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
705 “因此”的意思是“所以”。因为被驱摈者既不给与,也不接受,所以“受取”不成立,这是此处的义理。对另一者而言,则是受用的因缘。“不善心”是就通常情况而说。他们说道:“即使以‘这是可行的’这样的想法来说,也犯戒。”显示巴利原文
705.Tenāti tasmā. Yasmā uyyojikā na deti na paṭiggaṇhāti, tasmā paṭiggaho na vijjatīti attho. Itarissā paribhogapaccayā. ‘‘Akusalacitta’’nti bāhullena vuttaṃ. ‘‘Vaṭṭatīti saññāya vadantiyāpi āpattī’’ti vadanti.
七、第七桑喀地谢萨学处释显示巴利原文
7. Sattamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
712-4 在宣读甘马语之前所犯的罪,不会止息。于白时,恶作与粗罪得以止息;若涉及桑喀地谢沙,则得罪——古师们如此说。这与“违犯者”的圣典文句相合。关于“听闻后而不说”:此处,若因畏惧生命或梵行的障碍而不说,则无犯。因说到“于非法羯磨生起非法羯磨想,犯恶作”,所以“不与共语者无犯”是针对桑喀地谢沙而说。显示巴利原文
712-4. Kammavācato pubbe āpannāpattiyo na paṭippassambhanti. Ñattiyā dukkaṭathullaccayā paṭippassambhanti saṅghādisese patteti porāṇā. Taṃ ‘‘ajjhāpajjantiyā’’ti pāḷiyā sameti. ‘‘Sutvā na vadantī’’ti ettha sace jīvitabrahmacariyantarāyabhayā na vadanti, anāpatti . ‘‘Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttattā ‘‘anāpatti asamanubhāsantiyā’’ti saṅghādisesaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
八、第八桑喀地谢萨学处释显示巴利原文
8. Aṭṭhamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
715 “各别”意指被摈弃。坏家学处与此学处,仅是在因缘上有所不同。因为在彼处已说明:“只是为了舍弃那种言论才应对她进行劝告,并非为了阻止她破坏俗家。”若是这样,这两条罪相互间是同分罪,那么这一条便类似其随制而犯,岂非毫无意义?不应作此见解。由于事由的差别以及甘马语的差别,二者是不同的。显示巴利原文
715.Paccākatāti parājitā. Kuladūsakasikkhāpadassa, imassa ca nidānamattameva nānākaraṇaṃ. Vuttañhi tattha ‘‘tassa vacanassa paṭinissaggāya eva vacanīyo, na kuladūsananivāraṇatthāyā’’ti. Evaṃ sante ubhopetā āpattiyo aññamaññaṃ sabhāgatthā, tasmā idaṃ tassa anupaññattisadisaṃ āpajjati, tato idaṃ niratthakameva āpajjatīti? Na evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vatthuvisesato, kammavācāvisesato ca ubhinnaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ.
九、第九桑喀地谢萨学处释显示巴利原文
9. Navamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
723 「以身语之交往」,此为读法之余文。显示巴利原文
723. ‘‘Kāyikavācasikena saṃsaggenā’’ti pāṭhaseso.
3. 尼萨耆亚篇释显示巴利原文
3. Nissaggiyakaṇḍavaṇṇanā
1. 第一尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
733 第一舍堕学处极为明了。显示巴利原文
733. Paṭhamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadaṃ uttānameva.
2. 第二尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处释显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
740 或因事相成就,或因她无欲求且未犯,或因未被嘱咐,故未给予非时衣。其意趣是:应如施与般受持,不应分配,因为是个人所有。从义理上说,其余者也应如施与般受持。然而《义足》中说:「‘尊尼,我将给予你’,以这种方式获得者是舍弃后所得。‘如施与’是指依施主的施舍规定。‘应持来’的意思是应以非时衣的性质分配。此处,若分配所得之衣成为尼萨耆,即使作了调伏羯磨,自己也得不到。」如果这段话是针对舍弃后所得而说的,因为经中说‘应舍予僧团、或众、或个人,应给予,说“尊尼,我将给予”’,这三句应当说,因此不仅仅是舍弃后所得的衣应如施与般受持,其他比丘尼所得之份额,也应如施与般受持。显示巴利原文
740. Vatthusampattattā vā na tassā anāpannakāmatāya vā anāṇattikatāya vā akālacīvaramadaṃsu. Yathādāne eva upanetabbaṃ, na bhājetabbaṃ puggalikattāti adhippāyo. Atthato hi itarampi yathādāne eva upanetabbameva. Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘ayyāya dammīti evaṃ paṭiladdhanti nissaṭṭhapaṭiladdhaṃ. Yathādāneti dāyakehi pariccattavidhānena. Upanetabbanti akālacīvarabhāvena bhājetabbanti adhippāyo. Idha bhājāpitāya laddhacīvarameva nissaggiyaṃ hoti, taṃ vinayakammaṃ katvāpi attanā na labhatī’’ti likhitaṃ. Yadi nissaṭṭhapaṭiladdhaṃ sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ siyā, ‘‘nissajjitabbaṃ saṅghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā dadeyya, dadeyyuṃ, ayyāya dammī’’ti vuttattā tīṇipetāni padāni vattabbāni siyuṃ, tasmā na kevalaṃ nissaṭṭhapaṭiladdhameva yathādāne upanetabbaṃ, aññāhi bhikkhunīhi laddhakoṭṭhāsampi yathādāneyeva upanetabbaṃ.
741 然而,“对非时衣作时衣想,无罪”一语,仅表明因分配之故,不犯应犯之罪,唯此而已;并不表示“未得,不应如施而给”之义。但若以诡计而取,则应依物品价值处罚。显示巴利原文
741. ‘‘Akālacīvare kālacīvarasaññāya anāpattī’’ti pana bhājanapaccayā āpajjitabbāpattiṃ nāpajjatīti ettakameva dīpeti, na paṭiladdhaṃ, na yathādāne dātabbanti imamatthaṃ dīpeti. Lesena pana gaṇhāti ce, bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbā.
第三尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Tatiyanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
744 因以己想而取,故判波逸提与恶作。若以他法而取,则应依物品价值处罚。显示巴利原文
744. Sakasaññāya gahitattā pācittiyaṃ, dukkaṭañca vuttaṃ. Itarathā bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbaṃ.
第四尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Catutthanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
752 一、欲以诡计而取;二、向其他有智之人告知;三、获得——此是三支。因此,若未得到最初所告知之物,即使由此获得更少者,因支分具足故,仍是尼萨耆。此理于余处亦然。显示巴利原文
752. Lesena gahetukāmatā, aññassa viññussa viññāpanaṃ, paṭilābhoti tīṇi aṅgāni, tasmā paṭhamaṃ viññattaṃ alabhitvā aññaṃ tato ūnatarampi labheyya, nissaggiyameva aṅgasampattito. Esa nayo aññatthāpi.
第五尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Pañcamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
753 据说,其读法为:“保存油,我亦从我之俗家取得酥”。显示巴利原文
753. ‘‘Telaṃ gopetvā sappimpi me attano kulagharā’’ti kira pāṭho.
第六尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Chaṭṭhanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
758-762 “巴瓦利咖”者,即布匹商人。若由她促成此事,对她而言是为尼萨耆亚,并涉及舍弃后的所得。有师云:“然而对其余比丘尼,纵使知情,若她们接受的仅是约以年计所分配的额度,则非尼萨耆亚;只是她们也应依如法施舍的方式,将之持来。”另有师云:“因为已说‘即便舍弃后重获,亦应依如法施舍的方式持来’,因此,由其余比丘尼执受者,可视为善执受。”在此处,即便是对病者,亦无免除此过失的开许。显示巴利原文
758-762.Pāvārikassāti dussavāṇijakassa. Yāya cetāpitaṃ, tassā nissaggiyaṃ, nissaṭṭhapaṭilābho ca. ‘‘Itarāsaṃ pana jānitvā vassaggena pattakoṭṭhāsaṃ sādiyantīnampi na nissaggiyaṃ, kevalaṃ yathādāne eva tāhipi upanetabba’’nti vadanti. ‘‘Nissaṭṭhaṃ paṭilabhitvāpi yathādāne upanetabba’nti vuttattā sesāhi gahitaṃ suggahita’’nti vadanti. Ettha gilānāyapi na mokkho.
第七尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Sattamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
764 于第七条中,虽“自己依乞求所得者”一语是笼统而说,然其义应理解为:为其他目的、为自己指定、通过征求而得者。此义理应与“诸比丘尼即以彼资具,自己乞求后,制成药品而受用”这段圣典文句之义相合而解。其义为:以彼资具令制成药品,且句中以“及”字表明是通过征求而令制药,为昭示此义,故说“自己乞求后令制药”。否则,圣典文句的次序应作“以彼资具令制药,自己乞求后而受用”。在析解文句时,“由征求而得者,即自己乞求后”,此语仅是指出其文辞的意趣而已。这是析解文句的法则。然在分析“僧团所得、利养已转”等文句时,此法则则甚为明了。不然,由征求而得一词,还能摄持其它何等额外的意义呢?实无所见。如此,该词便成多余,而此条学处便与前者无异了。因为自己之所有物,可随意使用。于此应知:经由僧团的乞求,合为一体而得者,方称为由征求而得。否则,自此以往,由征求而得一词于此即无差别地犯了,那么“以个人由征求而得者”这条学处就无另立之必要,因为在此处已包含了应犯之罪,然实未包含,因有两种不同之罪。若说:因诸物混合而令制,故唯有一罪?不然,因为会有令由征求而得一词成为多余的过失。显示巴利原文
764. Sattame ‘‘sayaṃ yācitakenā’’ti kiñcāpi avisesena vuttaṃ. Tathāpi aññadatthikena attuddesikena saññācikenāti attho veditabbo. Ayamattho ‘‘bhikkhuniyo tena ca parikkhārena sayampi yācitvā bhesajjaṃ cetāpetvā paribhuñjiṃsū’’ti imissā pāḷiyā atthena saṃsanditvā veditabbo. Tassāyamattho – tena parikkhārena bhesajjaṃ cetāpetvā ca-saddena saññācikena ca bhesajjaṃ cetāpetvāti imamatthaṃ dīpento ‘‘sayampi yācitvā bhesajjaṃ cetāpetvā’’ti āha. Aññathā ‘‘tena parikkhārena bhesajjaṃ cetāpetvā sayampi yācitvā paribhuñjiṃsū’’ti iminā anukkamena pāḷi vattabbā siyā.
然而,在语词分解中,‘自行乞求者’即‘自己来乞求’,这仅仅是对该词含义的简略说明。这原是语词分解的惯例使然。而如‘已转为僧团所得’等词句的分解中,其义自显。若非如此,‘自行乞求’一词所包含的其他额外含义既不可见,该词便毫无意义,且此学处与前学处也将没有区别。其实,凡自己所有之物,本可随意处置。因此,这里所说的‘自行乞求’,应理解为依靠僧团乞求之力而共同乞求所得。否则,如果‘自行乞求’这个词不加区分地包含了此处的含义,那么‘以个人自行乞求’这一学处就没有必要另行制立,因为违犯此学处所对应的罪过已被包含于此处。然而实际上并未被包含——这是因为有两种罪过的缘故。如果说:因为是混合令作,所以只有一种罪过?并非如此。那不仅会使‘自行乞求’一词变得毫无意义,而且也会导致将僧团所得、大众所得、个人所得混合令作时成同一种罪过的过失。显示巴利原文
Padabhājane pana ‘‘saṃyācikenāti sayaṃ yācitvā’’ti tasseva padassa adhippāyamattaṃ vuttaṃ. Sā hi padabhājanadhammatā. ‘‘Saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇata’’ntiādipadānaṃ bhājane pana sā pākaṭā. Aññathā saṃyācikapadena ko añño atirekattho saṅgahito siyā, so na dissatīti tadeva padaṃ nippayojanaṃ, idañca sikkhāpadaṃ purimena ninnānākaraṇaṃ siyā. Attano hi santakaṃ yathākāmaṃ karaṇīyanti. Ettha ca saṅghassa yācanāya vasena ekato hutvā yācanāya laddhaṃ saṃyācikanti veditabbaṃ. Aññathā ito parena saṃyācika-saddena idaṃ nibbisesaṃ āpajjatīti ‘‘puggalikena saṃyācikenā’’ti idañca sikkhāpadaṃ visuṃ na vattabbaṃ siyā idheva tena āpajjitabbāpattiyā saṅgahitattā, na ca saṅgahitā āpattidvayabhāvato. Missetvā cetāpitattā hi ekameva āpattīti ce? Na, saṃyācikapadassa nippayojanabhāvappasaṅgato, evaṃ saṅghikamahājanikapuggalikāni missitvā cetāpane ekāpattibhāvappasaṅgato ca.
第八尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Aṭṭhamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
769 所谓‘群体的’,是指阿毗达摩论师等众,以及不足四人组成的众。显示巴利原文
769.Gaṇassāti ābhidhammikādigaṇassa, ūnacatuvaggassa ca.
九、第九尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Navamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
774 所谓‘由请求而得’,特指由群体乞求所得,而非以其他方式。显示巴利原文
774.Saññācikenāti gaṇayācanāya laddheneva, na aññena.
十、第十尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Dasamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
779 第十条应当以「若比丘尼以原为他用、为他所指定、属于个人的资具,另作他物令制,则犯舍堕」的形式存在,而第十一条则应以「以个人的、由请求而得者」的形式存在,这是依序可得的。虽然这些因无有因缘发生而未予宣说,但从义理上应当领受。在此,于僧团、于众、于个人的邀请处,以及于个人的亲属处,见到无犯的踪迹,这一切都只是依我们的推理而说,故不应视为定论。应审察后,见到确定的理由,或为精通律藏次第者所认可,那才应取。然而,在古注疏的文句中曾说:「即使在危难时,也只应令制为重物,其余则不允许,但在比丘则允许。」显示巴利原文
779. Dasame pana ‘‘yā pana bhikkhunī aññadatthikena parikkhārena aññuddisikena puggalikena aññaṃ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti evaṃvidhena bhavitabbaṃ, ‘‘puggalikena saṃyācikenā’’ti iminā ekādasamena bhavitabbaṃ siyā yathākkamena sambhavato. Kāmameva cetaṃ aṭṭhuppattiyā abhāvato na vuttaṃ, atthato pana gahetabbameva. Ettha pana saṅghagaṇapuggalānaṃ pavāritaṭṭhāne, puggalasseva ñātakaṭṭhāne ca anāpattichāyā dissati, idaṃ sabbaṃ amhākaṃ takkānusāravaseneva vuttanti katvā na sārato daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vicāretvā yathā niccalakāraṇaṃ disvā yaṃ vā vinayakkamakovidā anujānanti, taṃ tadeva gahetabbaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘āpadāsupi aññaṃ garubhaṇḍameva cetāpetabbaṃ, itaraṃ na vaṭṭati, bhikkhussa pana vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
十一、第十一尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释显示巴利原文
11. Ekādasamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
784 此处说「第十一」,而未说「第二品之第一」。为何?因为《比丘尼分别》到达三十事篇时,未曾宣说品的次第。由于在已受邀请之处,所谓请求实不应拒绝,所以世尊在非亲属、未受邀请之处,以法的邀请方式指示了「若有需要」,应知这是显示了「最多应请求四到五次」的固定量。不然,若理解为「因缘与学处不符,依学处则无罪」以及「未作请求时,最多应请求四到五次」,便会陷入错误。因此在《母论》的注释中,除了「应令制」之外,对于如法者及亲属邀请者,以某种功德,以及对已满足者说「若有需要」,应以「应请求」之所说来审视其义。但在古注疏的文句中说:「这是关于限定的邀请而说。无罪,亲属的邀请者,则是关于一切方式进行的常时邀请而说。常时邀请者,是指何时有需要,那时便可说,是以此方式进行的。但对于以『来,这是冷时衣物』而给予者,即使取用超过四到五次也是允许的。」此理于第十条中亦同。显示巴利原文
784. ‘‘Dutiyavaggassa paṭhame’’ti avatvā ‘‘ekādasame’’ti idha vuttaṃ. Kasmā? Bhikkhunivibhaṅge tiṃsakakaṇḍaṃ patvā vaggakkamassa avuttattā. Yasmā pavāritaṭṭhāne viññatti nāma na paṭisedhetabbā, tasmā bhagavā aññātikaappavāritaṭṭhāne dhammanimantanavasena vadeyya ‘‘yenattho’’ti vuttāya ‘‘catukkaṃsaparamaṃ viññāpetabba’’nti paricchedaṃ dassetīti veditabbaṃ. Aññathā ‘‘nidānena sikkhāpadaṃ na sameti, sikkhāpadena ca anāpattivāro’’ti ca ‘‘akataviññattiyā catukkaṃsaparamaṃ viññāpetabba’’nti ca aniṭṭhaṃ āpajjati, tasmā mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ cetāpetabbanti ṭhapetvā sahadhammike ca ñātakapavārite ca aññena kismiñcideva guṇena, parituṭṭhena ca vadeyya ‘‘yenattho’’ti vuttassa ‘‘viññāpetabba’’nti vuttanayena attho daṭṭhabbo. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘idaṃ paricchinnapavāraṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Anāpatti ñātakānaṃ pavāritānanti pana sabbappakārena pavattaṃ niccapavāraṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Niccapavāraṇā nāma yadā yenattho, tadā taṃ vadeyyāthāti evaṃ pavattā . ‘Handa sītapāvuraṇa’nti dentānaṃ pana atirekacatukkaṃsampi gahetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ayameva nayo dasamepīti.
四、巴吉帝亚篇之解释显示巴利原文
4. Pācittiyakaṇḍavaṇṇanā
第一 蒜品显示巴利原文
1. Lasuṇavaggo
一、第一蒜学处之解释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamalasuṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
793-7 「我以蒜」者:此处隐含「我奉献」之义,为文句省略。据说,枣子酸酱是将枣子果实晒干后磨成粉而制成的嚼食制品。显示巴利原文
793-7.Ahaṃlasuṇenāti ettha ‘‘pavāremī’’ti pāṭhaseso. Badarasāḷavaṃ kira badaraphalāni sukkhāpetvā cuṇṇetvā kattabbā khādanīyavikati.
二、第二学处之解释显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
800 「应令收集」者:当知为「收集或令收集」的句义分析。虽然此处未显示罪的区别,但在寻求剃刀、镊子、剪刀等以及磨利等前行方便中,恶作罪相应。如此处所述,在击掌者等处,罪的区别同样未在圣典中明说。然而随其所应,前行方便中恶作罪得以成立。同样,对比丘而言,在此处与蒜处,恶作罪亦得成立。古师说:「此为作与不作。」但其中并未提及「作与不作」。显示巴利原文
800.Saṃharāpeyyāti ‘‘saṃharati vā saṃharāpeti vā’’ti padabhājanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Kiñcāpi ettha āpattibhedo na dassito, tathāpi khurasaṇḍāsakattariādipariyesanaghaṃsanādīsu pubbapayogesu dukkaṭaṃ yujjati, yathā cettha, evaṃ talaghātakādimhi ca āpattibhedo pāḷiyaṃ na vutto. Yathāsambhavaṃ pana pubbapayogesu dukkaṭaṃ sambhavati. Evaṃ bhikkhussa ettha ca lasuṇe ca dukkaṭaṃ. Idaṃ kiriyākiriyanti porāṇā. Tattha ‘‘kiriyākiriya’’nti na vuttaṃ.
802-6 第三、第四学处,其义明了。显示巴利原文
802-6. Tatiyacatutthasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
5. 第五学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
812 第五条中,虽以水净为缘,若触受在所述限度内,无罪。其中“二节”者,应如是知:二指同时插入时,各指各成一节,合为二节;一指插入时,不得超过二节之上。《大注疏》中亦显示此同一理趣。显示巴利原文
812. Pañcame udakasuddhipaccaye satipi phassasādiyane yathāvuttaparicchede anāpatti. Tattha dvinnaṃ pabbānanti ‘‘dvinnaṃ aṅgulānaṃ sahapavesane ekekaaṅgulassa ekekaṃ pabbaṃ katvā dve pabbā, ekaṅgulappavesane dvinnaṃ pabbānaṃ upari na vaṭṭatīti veditabbaṃ. Mahāpaccariyampi ayameva nayo dassito’’ti likhitaṃ.
815 第六学处,其义显明。显示巴利原文
815. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
7. 第七学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Sattamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
820-822 “越过城市”为一读法。“在城门处越过”见于某些传本,此处“门”即“由门”之义。或此即是其读法。“彼与前后相违”,是指针对“又再说”这一论点而言,并非针对先前于彼处所说之论点。此处有人写作“与‘告知母亲’之语相违”,此为讹写,因为并非针对彼矛盾而说。若自作时为巴吉帝亚,则使人作时亦应为巴吉帝亚;若使人作时为恶作,则自作时亦应为恶作。因为无论自作或使人作,于犯相上并无差别——此是意趣所在。显示巴利原文
820-822. ‘‘Nagaraṃ atiharantī’’ti pāṭho. ‘‘Nagaradvāre atiharantī’’ti katthaci, tattha dvārenāti attho. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Taṃ pubbāparaviruddhanti ‘‘punapi vutta’’nti vuttaṃ vādaṃ sandhāya, na tato pubbe tattha vuttaṃ vādaṃ. Ettha ‘‘mātarampi viññāpetvāti vacanena virujjhatī’’ti likhitaṃ, taṃ dullikhitaṃ, na hi tena virodhaṃ sandhāya idaṃ vuttanti. Karaṇe ce pācittiyaṃ, kārāpanepi pācittiyeneva bhavitabbaṃ. Atha kārāpane dukkaṭaṃ, karaṇepi dukkaṭeneva bhavitabbaṃ. Na hi karaṇe vā kārāpane vā viseso atthi āpajjane satīti adhippāyo.
823 “允许接受”的意谓是:不拒绝而说“善哉”是允许的,而非允许受取。由于是不可触摸的,故称“即使在亲属施与处,生谷亦不允许”。然而,《随顺注》中说:“将如法获得之谷物舂碎而食者,得恶作。其余谷物亦循此理”;又说:“从‘无犯,因病缘’此语,可知七种谷物亦属不可触摸,此义已成立,故于下文注释中,在恶作事项下,亦将七种谷物摄为不可触摸”。若存在可触摸者与如法物,正如关联亲属施与而不加简别地说“告知其余谷物”,同理亦应说“无犯:为亲属、为已施与者、为他人利益而告知,于疯狂者、最初犯者”。因其为恶作事项且不可触摸,故即使对母亲,亦不许告知七种谷物。为显明此义,故关联七种谷物而说“无犯,因病缘”,正如对比丘尼因病缘而开许,对比丘亦然。或如不许比丘尼令人舂碎等,对比丘亦复如是。《安达咖注释》中亦云:“有一愚痴比丘,不知如法,作如是言:‘诸比丘不得受持生谷。将此谷舂碎、捣碎、煮熟后,可给予粥、硬食与饭’。唯有发令之比丘有罪,余人无犯”。是故,亦不允许。显示巴利原文
823.Sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatīti appaṭikkhipitvā ‘‘sādhū’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti adhippāyo. Na hi paṭiggahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Anāmāsattā ‘‘āmakadhaññaṃ pana ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānepi na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘kappiyena laddhaṃ dhaññaṃ bhajjitvā bhuñjantiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Aparaṇṇepi eseva nayo’’ti ca ‘‘anāpatti ābādhapaccayāti vacanato satta dhaññānipi anāmāsānīti siddhaṃ, teneva heṭṭhā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dukkaṭavatthumhi satta dhaññānipi gahitāni anāmāsānī’’ti ca vuttāni. Āmāsāni kappiyavatthūni ca yadi bhaveyyuṃ, yathā ñātakapavārite sandhāya ‘‘aparaṇṇaṃ viññāpetī’’ti avisesena vuttaṃ, evaṃ ‘‘anāpatti ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ aññassa atthāya viññāpeti, ummattikāya ādikammikāyā’’ti vattabbaṃ. Yasmā dukkaṭavatthuttā ca anāmāsattā ca mātarampi sattavidhaṃ dhaññaṃ viññāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati , tasmā tadatthadīpanatthaṃ sattavidhaṃ dhaññaṃ sandhāya ‘‘anāpatti ābādhapaccayā’’ti vuttaṃ, yathā bhikkhuniyā ābādhapaccayā vaṭṭati, tathā bhikkhussāpīti ca. Yathā vā pana bhikkhuniyā bhajjanādīni kārāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati, evaṃ bhikkhussāpi. Vuttampi cetaṃ andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘aññataro bālabhikkhu kappiyaṃ ajānanto etadavoca ‘āmakadhaññaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ bhikkhūnaṃ na vaṭṭati. Etaṃ dhaññaṃ bhajjitvā koṭṭetvā pacitvā yāgukhajjakaṃ bhattañca dethā’ti, āṇāpakasseva bhikkhussa āpatti, sabbesaṃ anāpattī’’ti. Tasmā ‘‘saṅghavārikānaṃ dhaññaṃ koṭṭethā’’ti ārāmikānaṃ vattuñca na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Divasaṃ paribbayaṃ gaṇhatha, taṇḍule sampādetha, tvaṃ ettake gaṇha, tvaṃ ettake’’ti evamādīni pana vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti ca. Yaṃ pana ‘‘aviññattiyā labbhamānaṃ pana navakammatthāya sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ, tampi heṭṭhā ‘‘imaṃ taḷākaṃ khettaṃ vatthuṃ vihārassa demā’ti vutte ‘sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ nayaṃ sandhāya vuttattā suvuttameva. ‘‘Navakammatthāya dhaññaṃ demā’’ti vutte ‘‘sādhū’’ti vattabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana heṭṭhā ‘‘tattha nissaggiyavatthuṃ attano vā saṅghagaṇapuggalacetiyānaṃ vā atthāya sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati…pe… dukkaṭavatthuṃ sabbesampi atthāya sampaṭicchato dukkaṭamevā’’ti vuttaṃ, tampi suvuttameva. Kasmā? ‘‘Cetiyassa atthāya dhaññaṃ dātukāmomhi, tumhe bhante tadatthāya sampaṭicchathā’’ti vutte paṭiggahetuṃ akappiyattā. ‘‘Idaṃ pana tādisaṃ na hotī’’ti ca vuttaṃ. Sabbopāyaṃ upatissattheravādo kira. Dhammasiritthero panevamāha ‘‘pubbepi navakammatthāya paṭiggaho na vārito, saṅghassatthāya paṭiggahitampi paṭiggāhakasseva akappiya’’nti.
8. 第八学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
824 古师读作“被驱逐的兵士”。其义为:被禁止给予食俸的皇家兵士。他们将“那兵道”的意义解释为“那食俸”。“火把”是指燃烧的薪柴。显示巴利原文
824. Porāṇā ‘‘nibbiṭṭharājabhaṭo’’ti paṭhanti. Tassattho vāritabhattavetano rājabhaṭoti. ‘‘Taññeva bhaṭapathanti taṃyeva bhattavetana’’nti atthaṃ vadanti. Ummukanti alātaṃ.
826 在此,“弃舍”属于造作,“不观察”则属于不作为。显示巴利原文
826. Ettha chaḍḍitaṃ kiriyā. Anolokanaṃ akiriyā.
9. 第九学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
832 关于“未征得主人同意而丢弃”,有些本子没有记载,有些则有,以有记载为佳,因为这关系到学处的作与不作。这里的田地守护者、园林守护者等就是主人。有人说:“如果僧团的田地、园林中并没有‘不得丢弃垃圾’的规定,比丘可以丢弃,因为该处属于僧团所摄。但比丘尼则不得丢弃。对比丘尼而言,在比丘尼僧团的范围内,依上述方式是可以丢弃的;而在此范围内,比丘则不可丢弃。纵然如此,也应当仅以适当的方式来做。”显示巴利原文
832. ‘‘Sāmike apaloketvā chaḍḍetī’’ti katthaci potthake natthi, katthaci atthi, atthibhāvova seyyo kiriyākiriyattā sikkhāpadassa. Idha khettapālakā, ārāmādigopakā ca sāmikā eva. ‘‘Saṅghassa khette, ārāme ca tattha kacavaraṃ na chaḍḍetabbanti katikā ce natthi, bhikkhussa chaḍḍetuṃ vaṭṭati saṅghapariyāpannattā, na bhikkhunīnaṃ. Tāsampi bhikkhunisaṅghasantake vuttanayena vaṭṭati, na tattha bhikkhussa, evaṃ santepi sāruppavaseneva kātabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
第十学处注释。显示巴利原文
10. Dasamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
833 “善奏的歌或”——在此,即使是习以为常的歌,也一概不允许听闻。有人说:“但允许听闻与歌相应的法,这在《长部注释》中有说。”然而,古《随顺注》在说了“法歌也不允许”之后,又指出:“当有人说‘我们歌颂佛陀,我们演奏’时,不应接受,若接受则犯恶作。”又说:“当有人说‘我们作供养,我们讲说本生或故事’时,允许接受‘善哉’。”显示巴利原文
833.Sādhukīḷitagītaṃ vāti ettha pāciṇṇagītampi sotuṃ na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Gītupasañhitaṃ pana dhammaṃ sotuṃ vaṭṭatīti dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘dhammagītampi na vaṭṭatī’’ti vatvā ‘‘buddhassa gāyāma vādemāti vutte sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati, dukkaṭaṃ hotī’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘pūjaṃ karoma, jātakaṃ vā vatthuṃ vā desemāti vutte ‘sādhū’ti sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti ca vuttaṃ.
836 “一次结合”是指一日内的观看。“他们之”即指观看他们的舞蹈。“比丘尼自己也不得跳舞、歌唱或演奏”等,在此学处中并无明文。为什么呢?因为这是羊毛起源的学处。既然如此,为什么又这样说呢?这是依经的随顺大教示而说。若连观看或听闻舞蹈等都不被允许,何况自己去作,依此理路可以得知,故而这样说。否则,大教示便成无义。同样,其他地方也应依此理路来把握。
“此处所说的起源,不是直接取这些已说出的,而应依六种起源来把握”,有这样的记录。如果这是关于“令他人跳舞、歌唱、演奏”等属于语业的部分而这样记录,则是善巧的记录,因为羊毛起源中并无语业。若是关于“自己跳舞”等身业而记录,则是拙劣的记录。因为羊毛起源决定的正是身业,因此不取所举出的这些身业,仅由“等”字所摄的内容才应在此处取。
在这一段关于原因的说明中,“因为是羊毛起源故”是就因而言;“依经的随顺大教示故”则是在此处应取所举出的内容,如此应当了知,依据所得而记录。
“就这一直接所说的学处而言,它是羊毛起源”,伍巴提萨长老这样说。“若此学处是羊毛起源,那么教令者应当脱罪,然而并不脱罪”,有人这样说。对此问“为什么”时,则说:“一切注疏中都这样说。”这是注疏师所说,达摩西利长老也这样说。显示巴利原文
836.Ekapayogo nāma ekadivasāvalokanaṃ. Tesaṃyevāti yesaṃ naccaṃ passati. ‘‘Bhikkhunī sayampi naccituṃ vā gāyituṃ vā vādituṃ vā na labhatī’’tiādi idha sikkhāpade natthi. Kasmā? Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānattā. Yadi evaṃ kasmā vuttanti ce? Suttānulomamahāpadesato. Yadi naccādīni passituṃ vā sotuṃ vā na labhati, pageva attanā kātunti nayato labbhamānattā vuttaṃ. Itarathā mahāpadesā niratthakā siyuṃ. Evamaññatthāpi nayo netabbo. ‘‘Samuṭṭhānampi idha vuttameva aggahetvā chasamuṭṭhānavasena gahetabba’’nti likhitaṃ. Taṃ ‘‘aññe nacca, gāya, vādehī’’ti vattuṃ na labbhatītiādivacīkammaṃ sandhāya likhitañce, taṃ sulikhitaṃ eḷakalomasamuṭṭhāne vācāya abhāvato. ‘‘Sayampi naccitu’’ntiādikāyakammañce sandhāya likhitaṃ, dullikhitaṃ. Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānañhi ekantato kāyakammaṃ hoti, tasmā uddhaṭaṃ aggahetvā ādisaddena saṅgahitameva idha gahetabbanti. Etaṃ eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānattāti ettha kāraṇavacane suttānulomamahāpadesatoti ettha pana uddhaṭaṃ gahetabbaṃ, evaṃ yathālābhavasena taṃ likhitanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Āhaccabhāsitasikkhāpadavasena eḷakalomasamuṭṭhāna’’nti vuttanti upatissatthero. ‘‘Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānañce idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, āṇāpako mucceyya, na ca muccatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ ‘‘kasmā’’ti vutte ‘‘sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu vutta’’nti aṭṭhakathācariyo āhāti dhammasiritthero.
837 “立于园中”者,非仅指站立不动;从该处离开后,于一切威仪行住坐卧中亦得。“立于园中”意指属于该园林所摄,否则,即便坐着也不得。书中所记,此为善说。显示巴利原文
837.Ārāme ṭhatvāti na kevalaṃ ṭhatvā, tato gantvā pana sabbiriyāpathehipi labhati. ‘‘Ārāme ṭhitāti pana ārāmapariyāpannāti attho, itarathā nisinnāpi na labheyyā’’ti likhitaṃ, taṃ sulikhitameva.
二、黑暗品注释显示巴利原文
2. Andhakāravaggavaṇṇanā
一、第一学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
839 “白天亦有黑暗,为遮止此义而说‘於夜暗时’”,古师们如此解说。“应住”者,此处以住为施设,已含摄行住坐卧四种威仪。因此,若比丘尼在男子一臂之范围内一同经行等,即犯巴吉帝亚。而“或应交谈”之语,仅是依因缘而说,并无差别义。有师言:“‘或应交谈’者,意为立于男子一臂范围内交谈,即犯巴吉帝亚。”此说并不合理。何以故?因为仅仅立于该男子一臂范围内,便已是一个巴吉帝亚。若再以交谈为缘另犯一罪,此说不能成立。如何显明此义?依支分而显。此处所说有四支分:夜暗时、立于男子一臂范围内或交谈、无伴、独处观察。其中,若依住立为缘得一罪而说有别异,则彼有四支分。若依交谈为缘得一罪而说有别异,则彼亦应有五支分。因此,在《母论》的注疏中应说“四或五支分”,然并未如此说。因此,依交谈为缘的别异并不存在。有师言:“此义存在,因为《母论》注疏之语正是此义。”如何成立?依二罪俱生而成立。为何如此说?当交谈时,依住立之缘应犯有四支分之罪,依交谈之缘亦应犯有四支分之罪,如此二巴吉帝亚俱生而犯。此说并不合理,因为与巴利圣典相违。巴利圣典中但说:“‘或应交谈’者,立于男子一臂范围内交谈,犯巴吉帝亚。”若有二罪,经文不应只说“犯巴吉帝亚”而不言“犯二巴吉帝亚”。此中理趣,于第二等文句中,亦当如理而知。在此处,若比丘尼又与第二位男子独处,同理可知。显示巴利原文
839. ‘‘Divāpi andhakāraṃ atthi, tappaṭisedhanatthaṃ ‘rattandhakāre’ti vutta’’nti vadanti porāṇā. Santiṭṭheyyāti ettha ṭhānāpadesena catubbidhopi iriyāpatho saṅgahito, tasmā purisassa hatthapāse tena saddhiṃ caṅkamanādiṃ karontiyā pācittiyameva. ‘‘Sallapeyya vā’’ti kevalaṃ nidānavasena vuttaṃ visesābhāvato. ‘‘Sallapeyyavāti purisassa hatthapāse ṭhitā sallapati, āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti hi vuttaṃ, taṃ na yuttanti eke. Kasmā? Yasmā tassa purisassa hatthapāse ṭhiteneva ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sallapanenapi aparampi ekaṃ āpajjatīti nāpajjati, kathaṃ paññāyatīti? Aṅgavasena. Imassa hi rattandhakāratā, purisassa hatthapāse ṭhānaṃ vā sallapanaṃ vā, sahāyābhāvo, rahopekkhatāti imāni cattāri aṅgāni vuttāni. Tattha yadi ṭhānapaccayā ekā āpatti visuṃ siyā, tassā cattāri aṅgāni siyuṃ. Yadi sallapanapaccayā ekā, tassāpi pañca aṅgāni siyuṃ. Tasmā mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘cattāri vā pañca vā aṅgānī’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā, na ca vuttaṃ, tasmā sallapanapaccayā visuṃ natthīti. Atthiyeva, mātikāṭṭhakathāvacanañca tadatthamevāti eke. Kathaṃ? Sahuppattito dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Sallapane sati ṭhānapaccayā āpajjitabbaṃ caturaṅgikaṃ, sallapanapaccayā āpajjitabbaṃ caturaṅgikanti dve pācittiyāni sahuppannāni ekato āpajjantīti. Idaṃ ayuttaṃ pāḷivirodhato. Pāḷiyañhi ‘‘sallapeyya vāti purisassa hatthapāse ṭhitā sallapati, āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi dve siyuṃ, ‘‘āpatti dvinnaṃ pācittiyāna’’nti na vattabbatā siyāti. Ayaṃ nayo dutiyādīsupi yathāyogaṃ veditabbo. Ettha dutiyenāpi saddhiṃ yadi bhikkhuniyā rahopekkhatā atthi, so ce puriso, na dutiyo, purisagaṇanāya āpattiyo. Atha dutiyā bhikkhunī hoti, tassā ca tena purisena saddhiṃ rahopekkhatā atthi, sā ca bhikkhunī na dutiyā hoti. Ubhinnampi āpajjatīti eke, vicāretvā pana gahetabbaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana vuttaṃ ‘‘hatthapāse ṭhānena dukkaṭa’’nti, taṃ pāḷiyā virujjhati. ‘‘Purisassa hatthapāse tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti hi pāḷi, kiṃbahunā. Catutthasikkhāpade mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. dutiyikauyyojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘santiṭṭhanādīsu tīṇi pācittiyānī’’tiādivacanato vatthugaṇanāya āpatti veditabbā. ‘‘Aṅgāni cettha cattāri pañca vā’’ti vattabbanti sanniṭṭhānaṃ.
二至四、第二第三第四学处注释显示巴利原文
2-3-4. Dutiyatatiyacatutthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
842-6 第二项、第三项、第四项含义显明。于一切处所言“交谈者,即说任何畜生论”,古结文句中如是说。显示巴利原文
842-6. Dutiyatatiyacatutthāni uttānāni. Sabbattha ‘‘sallapatīti yaṃ kiñci tiracchānakathaṃ kathetī’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
852 于第四项中,差别如下:若言“因最初已说‘一对一’,若遣送比丘尼的第二者,波逸提应不成立?”答:成立。何以故?因其观待住立等三者,且于彼语或其餘独处观察可能生起乐味时,二者同为一义,故得成立。仅说“舍一臂之距而住立或交谈”而已。为何不说“或令耳语”?因超越一臂之距时不可能故。彼第三句已被遮止,故虽有可能,亦不说“或遣送第二者”。因此,依义理,若舍一臂之距而住立或交谈,或遣送第二者,犯恶作。如此说。此理路于“或与夜叉”等中亦然。其中,不说“于一臂之距内”或“舍一臂之距”,因于二处皆恶作故。若谓:于无犯分中,亦因不可能而不说“或令耳语”?是可能的,因有应作事时,“或令耳语”是可能的。然若问为何不如是说?因于无过失语中,耳语无目的,且于法语中,亦因关于优陀夷而被禁止故。显示巴利原文
852. Catutthe panāyaṃ viseso – ‘‘ekenekā’’ti paṭhamaṃ vuttattā dutiyikaṃ vā bhikkhunīnaṃ uyyojeyya, pācittiyaṃ na sambhavatīti ce? Sambhavati. Kasmā? Santiṭṭhanādittayamattāpekkhattā, tassa vacanassāpi vā aññāyapi rahopekkhanassādasambhave sati ubhinnaṃ ekatthasambhavato ca sādhitametaṃ. ‘‘Hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ. Kasmā ‘‘nikaṇṇikaṃ vā jappetī’’ti na vuttaṃ? Hatthapāsātikkame asambhavato. Tassa tatiyassa padassa pacchinnattā sambhavantampi ‘‘dutiyikaṃ vā uyyojetī’’ti na vuttaṃ, tasmā atthato hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā dutiyikaṃ vā uyyojeti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti vuttaṃ hoti. Esa nayo yakkhena vātiādīsupi. Tattha ‘‘hatthapāse’’ti vā ‘‘hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā’’ti vā na vuttaṃ ubhayattha dukkaṭattā. Anāpattivārepi asambhavato ‘‘nikaṇṇikaṃ vā jappetī’’ti na vuttanti ce? Sambhavati sati karaṇīye nikaṇṇikaṃ vā jappetīti sambhavato. Atha kasmā evaṃ na vuttanti ce? Anavajjakathāyaṃ nikaṇṇikajappane payojanābhāvā, dhammakathāyampi udāyiṃ ārabbha paṭisiddhattā ca.
五、第五学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
856 因已说“家者,即四种家”,故于外道园林中,因其无家之称谓,为许可——有说者如是言。因外道包含于刹帝利等之内,故不许可——有说者如是言。若言:因其为许可地,故不合理?不然,因如所说之刹帝利等可能存有故。虽如此,此处所意指之家乃是行乞之家。“近处为十二肘”如是书写。显示巴利原文
856. ‘‘Kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulānī’’ti vuttattā titthiyārāme kappati tassa kulavohārābhāvatoti eke. Titthiyānaṃ khattiyādipariyāpannattā na kappatīti eke. Tassa kappiyabhūmittā na yuttanti ce? Na, yathāvuttakhattiyādīnaṃ sambhavato. Tathāpi gocarakulaṃ idhādhippetaṃ. ‘‘Upacāro dvādasahattho’’ti likhitaṃ.
六、第六学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
860 不说“坐时一犯、卧时一犯”,却说“坐已而去者”等,这是不合适的。难道因为行去的缘故而有此罪吗?并非如此,因为这是依最终目的而说的。从“坐已而卧者二犯”这一语句,也已显示此处不意指行去。同样,也应说“卧已而坐者二犯”。既然如此,为何不说“于其处卧,犯二波逸提”呢?因为不坐而卧也是可能的。为了卧下而先坐后卧者,因卧的加行而犯一罪——这是某些人的说法。显示巴利原文
860. ‘‘Nisīdantiyā ekā, nipajjantiyā ekā’’ti avatvā ‘‘nisīditvā gacchantiyā’’tiādi na vattabbaṃ. Na hi gamanapaccayā esā āpattīti? Na, pariyosānādhippāyavasena vuttattā. ‘‘Nisīditvā nipajjantiyā dve’’ti vacanenapi gamanaṃ idha nādhippetanti dassitaṃ hoti, tathā ‘‘nipajjitvā nisīdantiyā dve’’tipi vattabbaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘tasmiṃ abhinipajjati, āpatti dvinnaṃ pācittiyāna’’nti kasmā na vuttanti ce? Anisīditvāpi nipajjanasambhavato. Nipajjanatthāya nisīditvā nipajjantiyā nipajjanakapayogattā ekā āpattīti keci.
七、第七学处解释显示巴利原文
7. Sattamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
867 在无犯部分没有提到“常设”,因为已经说明了“铺设或让铺设”的缘故。在此,按照第六学处所述的方式,于自然存在的坐卧处坐下或躺卧,唯犯波逸提。在他处则是常设。在此,按照此处所述的方式,铺设或让铺设之后坐下或躺卧,唯犯波逸提。在两种情况下,按照第五学处所述的方式,不告而离去,唯犯波逸提。在无犯部分,由于母论所说时间之外的时间未被涉及,所以不作推论——这是导师所说。另外,在“有犯时犯,非于非时”等意趣中,是指在夜间有犯而非白天等意趣中。在注疏里,对这里第五、第六、第七学处所摄的罪,根据可能性,配合三种时间而作了显示,依照大教示的方式,这确实是恰当的。显示巴利原文
867. Anāpattivāre ‘‘dhuvapaññatte’’ti na vuttaṃ ‘‘santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā’’ti vuttattā . Idha chaṭṭhe vuttanayena pakatiyā paññatte abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, pācittiyameva. Aññattha dhuvapaññattaṃ. Idha vuttanayena santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, pācittiyameva. Ubhayatthāpi pañcame vuttanayena anāpucchā pakkameyya, pācittiyameva, anāpattivāre mātikāyaṃ vuttakālato aññakālassa aparāmaṭṭhattāti no takkoti ācariyo. Apica atthāpattikāle āpajjati, no vikāletiādittike, atthāpatti rattiṃ āpajjati, no divātiādittike ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ idha pañcamachaṭṭhasattamasikkhāpadehi saṅgahitāpattīnaṃ aparāmaṭṭhattā yathāsambhavaṃ tividhakāle tividhametaṃ yojetvā dassetuṃ vaṭṭati eva mahāpadesanayānulomato.
八、第八学处解释显示巴利原文
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
869 在第八学处,比丘可能犯恶作。显示巴利原文
869. Aṭṭhame bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ sambhavati.
九、第九学处解释显示巴利原文
9. Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
875-7 应知:由恶取或善取,依上述方式,于作誓言时有罪。因根本论中说“自或他”,故若唯缘自己而作誓言,彼比丘尼得一罪。若唯缘他人,彼尼得一罪。若缘两者,彼尼得二罪。然而,此处之三分,唯依缘他人而作誓言来施设。显示巴利原文
875-7. Duggāhavasena vā suggāhavasena vā yathāvuttanayena sapathakaraṇe āpattīti veditabbaṃ. Yasmā mātikāyaṃ ‘‘attānaṃ vā paraṃ vā’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā yā attānameva ārabbha sapathaṃ kareyya, tassā ekā . Paramevārabbha tassā ekā. Ubhopi ārabbha tassā dve āpattiyo sambhavanti. Tikacchedo panettha paramevārabbha sapathakaraṇaṃ sandhāya pavatto.
十、第十学处解释显示巴利原文
10. Dasamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
882 于第十条,无犯部分唯涉及哭泣,不涉及伤害。因此,即使被亲属遭难等所触动,若伤害自身而非哭泣,唯为恶作。显示巴利原文
882. Dasame anāpattivāro rodanasseva, na vadhassa, tasmā ñātibyasanādīhi phuṭṭhāpi attānaṃ vadhati eva, na rodati, dukkaṭameva.
3. 裸体品注显示巴利原文
3. Naggavaggavaṇṇanā
一至二、第一第二学处解释显示巴利原文
1-2. Paṭhamadutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
883 《裸体品》的第一、第二条意义浅显。其中第一条有一特殊之处:比丘若那样沐浴,除在浴室或使用遮水布等之外,犯恶作。古师说:世尊之所以未就此呵责,乃是因为水浴衣本身未被允许。古义疏中说:“仅穿一件下衣,或披覆着而沐浴,皆不允许。”显示巴利原文
883. Naggavaggassa paṭhamadutiyāni uttānāni. Paṭhame ayaṃ viseso – bhikkhussa tathā nhāyantassa dukkaṭaṃ aññatra jantāgharaudakapaṭicchādīhi. Na ca vigarahi tattha bhagavā attanāva ananuññātattā udakasāṭikāyāti porāṇā. ‘‘Ekameva nivāsetvā, pārupitvā ca nahāyituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
三、第三学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
894 第三条中,即使在四、五日内放下责任,也犯。若在性别转变时放下责任,则由三恶作故犯恶作。古义疏中说:“‘与众多比丘尼一起’,此处四位亦属众多。”显示巴利原文
894. Tatiye antocatūhapañcāhaṃ dhuraṃ nikkhipantiyāpi āpatti eva. Liṅgaparivatte dhuraṃ nikkhipantiyā dukkaṭaṃ tikadukkaṭattā. ‘‘Sambahulāhi bhikkhunīhi saddhinti ettha catassopi sambahulā’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
四、第四学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Catutthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
898 第四条中,“僧伽帝衣行”这一规定,仅适用于已决意为僧伽梨等的衣,据说不适用于其他衣。其中,仅就三衣而言,因离衣而有尼萨耆亚。即使在衣时之内,若逾五日仍未行持僧伽帝衣者,亦犯。古义疏中说:“不具这些衣,不得授与具足戒。”显示巴利原文
898. Catutthe saṅghāṭicāranti ettha saṅghāṭiādivasena adhiṭṭhitānaṃyevāyaṃ vidhi, netarāsaṃ kira. Tattha ticīvare eva vippavāsapaccayā nissaggiyaṃ. Antocīvarakālepi pañcāhikaṃ saṅghāṭicāraṃ atikkāmentiyā āpattiyeva. ‘‘Vinā etehi cīvarehi upasampadaṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
五、第五学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
906 906. 在第五学处的无犯部分中,“或者不离彼”一句,依义而得解。显示巴利原文
906. Pañcamassa anāpattivāre tāya vā avippavāsāyāti atthato labbhati.
907-911 907-911. 第六、第七学处,义理清晰易明。显示巴利原文
907-911. Chaṭṭhasattamāni uttānāni.
八、第八学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
916 916. 据说,“忧恼者”即是魔术师。而“掠夺者”与“货物”,则是古师之说。显示巴利原文
916.Sokajjhāyikā nāma kira māyākārā. Vilumpakā bhaṇḍakāti ca porāṇā.
九、第九学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
920 920. 由“何以能令越过”一语可知,偷兰难陀令其等待衣时,即是令其越过,此义得以成立。显示巴利原文
920. ‘‘Kathañhi nāma atikkāmessatī’’ti vuttattā thullanandā cīvarakālasamayaṃ āgamethāti atikkamāpesīti siddhaṃ hoti.
十、第十学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Dasamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
927 927. 在第十学处中,“一家族如是说”之处,“家”实指其中之人众,故用复数。显示巴利原文
927. Dasame ekakulaṃ etadavocunti ettha kulaṃ nāma tasmiṃ manussā, tasmā bahuvacanaṃ.
四、覆盖品注显示巴利原文
4. Tuvaṭṭavaggavaṇṇanā
一、第一学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
934-5 “一人卧时另一人卧,犯波逸提”,对此有人说道:“二者皆不令先卧者起”,于此复有人说“作与不作”,这便与注疏相违。因为注疏中说的是“作”。那么是谁有罪呢?答:二者皆因躺卧的行为而有罪。在此无犯的段落中,并未提及“显示区分”,因此有人说:作了区分后也不允许躺卧。又有人说:在宽敞处则允许。古注疏中写道:“作间隔后允许卧。”显示巴利原文
934-5.Ekāya nipannāya aparā nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassāti ‘‘ubhinnampi paṭhamanipannāya anuṭṭhāpanā’’ti vatvā ettha kiriyākiriyanti eke, taṃ aṭṭhakathāya virujjhati. ‘‘Kiriya’’nti hi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Atha kassā āpattīti? Ubhinnampi nipajjanakiriyaṃ paṭicca. Imassa anāpattivāre ‘‘vavatthānaṃ dassetvā’’ti natthi, tasmā vavatthānaṃ katvā nipajjituṃ na vaṭṭatīti eke. Vipulatare vaṭṭatīti eke. ‘‘Antaraṃ katvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade likhitaṃ.
二、第二学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
940 “显示区分”此中,有人说:将上覆衣在中间折好,垂入二者之间,如此便允许。然而,若区分未能安住于其分际,越界而覆盖者,便是有罪。古注疏中则说“作与不作”。显示巴利原文
940.Vavatthānaṃ dassetvāti ettha upari pārupanampi majjhe obhogaṃ katvā ubhinnaṃ antare otāreti, vaṭṭatīti eke. Vavatthānañca yathā ṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, tathā atikkamitvā tuvaṭṭentiyā āpattiyevāti. ‘‘Kiriyākiriya’’nti ca porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
三、第三学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
941 若年长者来到自己的诵经处,或正当礼敬之时,便无须告假。若在同一室内,则应告假。古义疏中说:“若大长老尼居于室内,他人正在面前,由于亲近彼之故,应向彼告假。”显示巴利原文
941. Attano sajjhāyanaṭṭhāne ce vuḍḍhatarā āgacchati, vandanakāle vā, āpucchanakiccaṃ natthi. Ekasmiṃ ovarake āpucchitabbaṃ. ‘‘Atha ovarake mahātherī vasati, sammukhe itarā, āpucchitabbā tassā upacārattā’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
946-950 第四、第五学处,其义明显。显示巴利原文
946-950. Catutthapañcamasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
六、第六学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
956 “居士”者,当知除同法者外。因此,即使比丘或沙弥以不合宜之交往而结交,亦不应与之共语,此实可能。显示巴利原文
956.Gahapati nāma ṭhapetvā sahadhammike veditabbo, tasmā bhikkhunā vā sāmaṇerena vā ananulomikena saṃsaggena saṃsaṭṭhāpi na samanubhāsitabbāti sambhavati eva.
961-5 第七、第八学处,其义明显。显示巴利原文
961-5. Sattamaaṭṭhama sikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
九、第九学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
969 “一根”者,主张唯由身根而成一根,是尼乾陀裸行者的见解。而迦毗罗派则执“五根”之说,如此言:“因为有眼,葫芦、瓜类等便趋向所缘之处。因为有耳,芭蕉闻雷声而受胎。因为有鼻,波罗蜜等果凭腐尸气味而结果。因为有舌,得以饮水,由此一切皆称为‘足生者’。因为有身净色,无忧树因女子触碰而开花。”“聚集”者,即坏灭。显示巴利原文
969.Ekindriyanti kāyindriyeneva ekindriyaṃ, nigaṇṭhānaṃ acelakānaṃ mataṃ. Kāpilā pana ‘‘pañcindriyā’’ti maññantā evaṃ vadanti ‘‘sacakkhukattā alābumāluvādayo yattha ālambanaṃ, tattha gacchanti. Sasotakattā kadaliyo meghagajjitaṃ sutvā gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. Saghānakattā panasādayo kuṇapagandhena phalanti. Sajivhakattā udakaṃ pivanti yena, sabbepi ‘pādapā’ti vuccanti. Sakāyapasādattā itthisamphassena asokarukkhā pupphantī’’ti. Saṅghātanti vināsaṃ.
970 此处,因破雨安居而犯恶作。应知:先住雨安居而后因出游之缘,犯波逸提。若未住雨安居而游行,以未入雨安居之缘犯恶作。然而古义疏中说:“于七日之内、于雨安居中游行者,犯波逸提。但若因七日事而行,则可,比丘犯恶作。”显示巴利原文
970. Idha ca vassacchedena dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ āvasitvā pacchā cārikā caraṇapaccayā pācittiyaṃ āpajjatīti veditabbaṃ. Atha vassaṃ avasitvā carati, avassupagamanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘antosattāhe antovasse cārikaṃ carantiyā pācittiyaṃ. Sattāhakaraṇīyena pana vaṭṭati, bhikkhuno dukkaṭaṃ hotī’’ti vuttaṃ.
972 “‘被任何所逼迫’:老师说:‘并非以破雨安居的因缘而推论。’‘行至何种程度方为游行?’此处并未在一切处详细辨别。然而,相邻学处中曾说‘乃至六、五由旬’,我以为那即是最低的界限。”显示巴利原文
972.Kenaci ubbāḷhāti vassacchedakāraṇenāti no takkoti ācariyo. Kittāvatā cārikā hotīti? Idaṃ na sabbattha vicāritaṃ. Anantarasikkhāpade ‘‘antamaso chappañcayojanānipī’’ti vuttattā so ca maññe heṭṭhimaparicchedoti.
十、第十学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Dasamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
973 于第十条,据说他们读作“阿洪达利咖”。显示巴利原文
973. Dasame ‘‘āhundarikā’’ti paṭhanti kira.
五、彩画堂品注释显示巴利原文
5. Cittāgāravaggavaṇṇanā
一、第一学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
978 “游戏园”应如某座城的城市园林那样看待。“园林”应如该处的欢喜园园林那样看待。又,有读法为:“若立于彼处,眺望各方而看见者,则有各别之罪。”如此说时,前文所说的“不拉起”一词,仅就一方位而言是成立的,某些论师如此说。“接近”指两掷石的距离。显示巴利原文
978.Kīḷanaupavanaṃ nāma kañcinagarassa nagarupavanaṃ viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Uyyānaṃ nāma tattheva nandavanauyyānaṃ viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Tattheva ṭhatvā taṃ taṃ disābhāgaṃ viloketvā passantiyā pana pāṭekkā āpattiyo’’ti pāṭho. Evaṃ vutte yaṃ pubbe vuttaṃ padaṃ ‘‘anuddharamānā’’ti, taṃ ekasmiṃyeva disābhāgeti siddhanti eke. Upacāro dve leḍḍupātoti ca.
二、第二学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
984 “可搬运的脚”与“不可搬运的脚”,此为两种读法。注释中写道:“分开之后,再与那些脚一同。”不论以何种方式竖起脚形而制成的部分,即称为“床榻”。在无犯的部分,因没有“受用以不可搬运之脚所制成者”这一语句。显示巴利原文
984. ‘‘Āharimehi vāḷehī’’ti ‘‘asaṃhārimenā’’ti ca duvidho pāṭho. ‘‘Visuṃ katvā pacchā saddhiṃ tehi vāḷehī’’ti likhitaṃ. Yathā tathā vāḷarūpe uṭṭhapetvā katapādaṃ ‘‘pallaṅka’’nti vuccati anāpattivāre ‘‘asaṃhārimehi vāḷehi kataṃ paribhuñjatī’’ti vacanābhāvato.
三、第三学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
988 988. “伍迦伍迦为手之伸展”,此书写不合理,因有“凡以手所拉之量,于彼量之缠绕中,一罪”之语句。显示巴利原文
988.‘‘Ujjavujjaveti hatthappasāraṇe’’ti likhitaṃ, taṃ na yuttaṃ ‘‘yattakaṃ hatthena añchitaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ takkamhi veṭhite ekāpattī’’ti vacanato.
四、第四学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Catutthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
993 关于“饮粥”,在施粥的语境中有如此写法。古代义疏中说:“允许布施给父母。”显示巴利原文
993.‘‘Yāgupāneti yāgudāne’’ti likhitaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade ‘‘mātāpitūnaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
994 第五学处,其义自明。显示巴利原文
994. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
六、第六学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
1001 第六,在比丘分别中,与裸行者学处归于同一章节。此处因是在家人的差别,故说为“不共”。显示巴利原文
1001. Chaṭṭhe bhikkhuvibhaṅge acelakasikkhāpadena ekaparicchedaṃ. Idha agāriko viseso, tasmā ‘‘asādhāraṇa’’nti vadanti.
1003-8 第七与第八,无特别需说明之处。显示巴利原文
1003-8. Sattamaṭṭhamesu vattabbaṃ natthi.
第九学处的解释显示巴利原文
9. Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
1015 “桩咒”者,取木心桩念诵咒语后插入地中,此为杀害咒。“龙曼荼罗”者,即所谓的龙禁咒,或以面粉等围绕结界,令众人进入其中,以为守护”,如此记载。显示巴利原文
1015.‘‘Khīlanamantaṃ dārusārakhīlaṃ mantetvā pathaviyaṃ pavesetvā māraṇamantaṃ. Nāgamaṇḍalaṃnāma nāgarodhamantaṃ, piṭṭhādīhi vā parikkhepaṃ katvā tattha manusse pavesenti guttatthāyā’’ti likhitaṃ.
1017 第十学处,其义自明。显示巴利原文
1017. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
第六品 园林品注释显示巴利原文
6. Ārāmavaggavaṇṇanā
1021 第一学处,其义显明。显示巴利原文
1021. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
二、第二学处的解释显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
1030 若比丘尼辱骂比丘,依此学处犯波逸提。若辱骂比丘尼,则犯轻慢语罪。轻慢语罪唯当面成立,然此处背面亦成立。显示巴利原文
1030. Bhikkhunī ce bhikkhuṃ akkosati, iminā sikkhāpadena pācittiyaṃ. Bhikkhuniṃ ce akkosati, omasavādena āpajjati. Omasavāde sammukhāva ruhati, idha pana parammukhāpi.
于此,应作如是审察:于比丘分别的轻慢语学处中,比丘尼居于未受具足戒者之位;同样,于比丘尼分别的轻慢语学处中,相对于比丘尼,比丘亦居于未受具足戒者之位。此处,辱骂未受具足戒者犯恶作,辱骂已受具足戒之比丘则犯波逸提。因此,将此二学处相互对照时,二者并不相合;应当了知如何使之相合。其中,依古注所传之法,比丘尼轻慢语学处中的‘未受具足戒者’一语不应作此解,此乃此处适当之解。所谓‘辱骂’,是指以轻慢事由以外的语言所作的辱骂。有论者说:凡具有其中任何一种辱骂事由,即犯轻慢语波逸提——此说并不正确。因为于轻慢语中,以律文所不载的方式辱骂,唯犯恶作。他们将本应犯恶作的情况说为犯波逸提,因此应知:‘他们实为愚痴’;唯有依律文中实际出现的词语为依据,方可定为辱骂。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā – bhikkhuvibhaṅge osamavādasikkhāpade bhikkhunī anupasampannaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhatīti katvā bhikkhunivibhaṅgepi omasavādasikkhāpade bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā anupasampannaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhatīti siddhaṃ. Idha ca anupasampannassa akkosane dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, bhikkhussa upasampannassa akkosane pācittiyaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā imāni dve sikkhāpadāni bhikkhumhi saṃsandiyamānāni aññamaññaṃ na samenti. Yathā samenti, tathā jānitabbaṃ. Tattha porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttanayena bhikkhunīnaṃ omasavādasikkhāpade anupasampannoti na gahetabbo, idamettha yuttaṃ. Paribhāseyyāti aññatra akkosavatthūhi. Tesu hi aññatarasmiṃ sati omasavādapācittiyamevāti eke, taṃ na yuttaṃ . Omasavāde pāḷimuttakaakkose hi dukkaṭaṃ hotīti. Dukkaṭokāse idaṃ pācittiyaṃ tehi niddiṭṭhaṃ hoti, tasmā ‘‘bālā etā’’ti pāḷiyaṃ idha āgatapadānaṃyeva vasena paribhāsanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
1033 第三学处,义理明显。显示巴利原文
1033. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
四、第四学处解释显示巴利原文
4. Catutthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
1038 关于「受邀请或受告知」,古结文中起初这样说:「受告知者可饮粥,但不得食用算作主食的粥。此处,粥不计入嚼食或啖食之列。受邀请的比丘尼若于托钵后想要进食,须先征得施主同意方可进食。比丘尼不犯展转食罪。受邀请的比丘尼,无论是否已用该餐,若已受告知,则不得令人作净后再进食;若以不合法的方式受邀请,亦不得同时接受两次邀请。」其中「受告知者可饮粥」一句,是依律文及注疏所开许而说。律文中说:「受邀请而未受告知者可饮粥」。关于本学处注解的前提性结论如下——「受邀请或受告知」:此处以「或」字,除去以不合法邀请被邀请且未受告知者,凡是嚼食或啖食、食用除粥以外的其他嚼食或啖食,犯波逸提,唯除事先征得施主同意。那么,比丘尼无展转食罪,这对她们有何意义呢?这并非她们获得了什么功德,只是令规定更加明了罢了。比丘也必须经过分配、混合后方可进食;于适当的时机则可随意受用。那么,此处的征得同意又有何意义呢?受告知者或未受邀请者,即使不令人作净,病余食也可以受用;而受邀请且受告知者,连粥也不得受用,纵使征得同意亦不得受用。显示巴利原文
1038.Nimantitā vā pavāritā vāti ettha porāṇagaṇṭhipade tāva evaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘pavāritāpi yāguṃ pātuṃ labhati, bhojjayāguṃ na labhati. Yāgu panettha khādanīyabhojanīyasaṅkhyaṃ na gacchati. Nimantitā bhikkhunī piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjitukāmā sāmike apaloketvāva bhuñjituṃ labhati. Paramparabhojanāpatti bhikkhunīnaṃ natthi. Nimantitā taṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā vā abhuñjitvā vā pavāritā kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjituṃ na labhati, akappiyanimantanena nimantiyamānā dve nimantanāni sampaṭicchituñca na labhatī’’ti. Tattha ‘‘pavāritāpi yāguṃ pātuṃ labhatī’’ti vuttaṃ pāḷiyaṃ, aṭṭhakathāyañca anuññātattā. ‘‘Nimantitā appavāritā yāguṃ pivatī’’ti hi pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tatridaṃ sikkhāpadavaṇṇanāpubbaṅgamasanniṭṭhānaṃ – nimantitā vā pavāritā vāti ettha vāsaddena akappiyanimantanena nimantitā appavāritā ṭhapetvā yāguṃ aññaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiyaṃ aññatra sāmikānaṃ apalokanā. Paramparabhojanābhāvena bhikkhunīnaṃ ko guṇo jātoti? Na etāsaṃ guṇalābho, kevalaṃ pākaṭataraṃ jātaṃ. Bhikkhūpi vikappetvā missetvāva bhuñjituṃ labhanti. Samaye yathāsukhaṃ labhanti. Iminā apalokanena kinti? Pavāritā vā animantitā vā na kiñci kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā gilānātirittampi labhanti, nimantitā ca pavāritā ca yāgumpi na labhanti, apaloketvāpi na labhantīti.
第七 孕妇品注释显示巴利原文
7. Gabbhinivaggavaṇṇanā
第一等学处的解释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
1067 「孕妇」一词,是因可见等相状而说为胎儿之存在;在分句释义中,亦不见有「已受告知」的情形。显示巴利原文
1067.‘‘Gabbhini’’nti dassanādīhipi gabbhasambhavato vuttaṃ. Padabhājanepi pavāritabhāvo na dissati.
1074 「或乳母」:此处,有些人说,乳母将孩童交给主人们后,以所得资具养育;母亲亦复如此。显示巴利原文
1074.Dhāti vāti ettha dārakaṃ sāmikānaṃ datvā āhaṭe vaḍḍheti, tathā mātāpīti keci.
1080 「在学尼」一词,岛洲诸师因作业与非作业之分而好乐此读法,赡部洲诸师则读作「在学尼」。其义为:因受持学法,故称在学尼。此处并非指作业,唯是假名安立。对于这些未完成学法者,不应授予具足戒,否则戒师尼等将构成犯戒。他们说:「如此,她便得具足戒。」显示巴利原文
1080. ‘‘Sikkhamāna’’nti pāṭhaṃ dīpavāsino rocenti kiriyākiriyattā, jambudīpavāsino ‘‘sikkhamānā’’ti. Tassattho sikkhādhammamānanato sikkhamānāti. Idha kiriyā na hoti, saññāva adhippetā. Na etāsu asikkhitā upasampādetabbā upajjhāyinīādīnaṃ āpattibhāvā. ‘‘Tassā upasampadā hoti evā’’ti vadanti.
1082 「法羯磨」者,即是具足戒羯磨。显示巴利原文
1082.Dhammakammeti upasampadakammaṃ adhippetaṃ.
1112 「令出者」:若有希求具足戒者,由某位长老尼从沙弥尼位中令其出离,此长老尼即名「令出者」。正是对此作进一步简别,故说「行授者」。显示巴利原文
1112.Vuṭṭhāpitanti sāmaṇeribhūmito yāya theriyā upasampadāpekkhā vuṭṭhapitā, sā therī vuṭṭhāpitā nāma, teneva puna visesanatthaṃ ‘‘pavattini’’nti āha.
第八 童女品释显示巴利原文
8. Kumāribhūtavaggavaṇṇanā
第二等学处的解释显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
1124 “诸比丘,我允许对十八岁的童女……给予学法认可”,如此处所说,但并未说到“诸比丘,我允许对十岁的已嫁女……给予学法认可”,因此说“应仅对满十二岁的已嫁女给予学法认可”。若将“应对已嫁女给予学法认可”视为等同,那么对十岁者也可给予。何以故?因为经中说“对满十二岁者有满想而令出罪,无罪”,以及“对满十二岁的已嫁女……已学学法者令出罪,无罪”。这在古注疏中已如此说明。若想以此来回避,又有何用?确实应说“应对十岁的已嫁女给予学法认可”。倘若又说“也不应说‘已嫁女’”,那么所记的羯磨就将被破坏。显示巴利原文
1124. ‘‘Anujānāmi , bhikkhave, aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya…pe… sikkhāsammutiṃ dātu’’nti idha vuttaṃ viya ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassāya gihigatāya…pe… sikkhāsammutiṃ dātu’’nti na vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya eva gihigatāya sikkhāsammuti dātabbā’’ti vuttaṃ. Gihigatāya sikkhāsammuti dātabbāti eketi katvā dasavassāyapi vaṭṭati . Kasmā? ‘‘Anāpatti paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpetī’ti (pāci. 1093-1095) ca ‘anāpatti paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ…pe… sikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpetī’ti (pāci. 1097-1101) ca vuttattā’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Kiṃ iminā parihārena. ‘‘Dasavassāya gihigatāya sikkhāsammuti dātabbā’’ti hi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Gihigatātipi vattuṃ na vaṭṭatī’ti sace vadanti, kammaṃ kuppatī’’ti likhitaṃ.
1146 “我确实……无惭者,彼僧团”这一句中,“我确实是愚者”是其义。也有版本作“彼僧团”,其中“彼”意为“因为”,因此仍是“我确实是愚者”之义。显示巴利原文
1146.Ahameva nūna…pe… alajjinī, yā saṅghoti ettha yā ahameva nūna bālāti attho. ‘‘Yaṃ saṅgho’’tipi atthi, tattha yaṃ yasmā deti, tasmā ahameva nūna bālāti attho.
1159 “与男子交往、与童子交往、凶暴、住于愁苦、堕落之说者”,这样的人被称为在学尼。然而,在分别句中,为何却说此在学尼是“于六法中已学学法者”呢?应知这是因为她先前已受学,以及先前已圆满学,故如此称说。显示巴利原文
1159. Purisasaṃsaṭṭhā kumārakasaṃsaṭṭhā caṇḍī sokāvāsāvakathaṃ sikkhamānāti vuccati, padabhājane eva cāyaṃ sikkhamānā ‘‘chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā’’ti kasmā vuttanti? Pubbe gahitasikkhattā, pubbe paripuṇṇasikkhattā ca evaṃ vuccatīti veditabbaṃ.
1166-7 “见丰富的副食、主食”一句,古注疏中说:“据说,学尼的亲属们准备了(食物),长老比丘们看见后便遣散了她们。遣散后,取其欲,将先前已给欲者作为一组,其余人的欲则仅作为欲,从而令作羯磨。”“舍弃欲后”一句,随注疏如是说:“此羯磨今日不应作。若说‘随意’后已舍弃,因此任何喧哗者、愚者虽称‘随意’,但因依止长老的缘故,有长老允许时即已舍弃,无则不然。然而,再取欲后而作羯磨,这是如法的方式;但取欲时则无此必要。若僧团长老已舍弃,应取欲后再作。舍弃欲后,以身起立。”在此处,有疑难:若说“我们将在某处作”而舍弃手臂范围后离去,无有过失。虽无过失,但他们不舍弃手臂范围而去,这方为如法的方式。“夜别住者,于布萨与自恣不可行,但其他羯磨可行;布萨与自恣在非布萨自恣日亦不可行,其余一切时则可。众别住者,不舍弃手臂范围,若四人离去时,应作四众羯磨;若其他五人、十人、二十人离去时,与余者分离而到他处,再返回集会处而作,即可。意乐别住者,不舍弃手臂范围,如所坐而坐,因不舍弃手臂范围,故可再作。”古注疏中作如是说。依他们古师之见,仅凭“欲别住”一种便不可行,这里也已显示了犯缘,但此处并未将其分离出示,故不可能。显示巴利原文
1166-7.Pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ passitvāti ettha ‘‘sikkhamānāya ñātakā kira sampādayiṃsu, taṃ passitvā there bhikkhū uyyojesi. Uyyojetvā tesaṃ chandaṃ gahetvā pubbe chandadāyake gaṇaṃ katvā sesānaṃ chandaṃ chandameva katvā kammaṃ kārāpesī’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Chandaṃ vissajjetvāti ettha anugaṇṭhipade evaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘idaṃ kammaṃ ajja na kattabbaṃ. ‘Yathāsukha’nti vatvā vissajjitaṃ hoti, tasmā yo koci mukharo, bālo vā kiñcāpi ‘yathāsukha’nti vadati, therāyattattā pana therassa anumatiyā satiyā vissajjito hoti, asatiyā na hoti, tathāpi puna chandaṃ gahetvāva kammaṃ karonti, ayaṃ payogo. Gahaṇe payojanaṃ pana natthi. Saṅghatthero ce vissajjeti, chandaṃ gahetvāva kātabbaṃ. Chandaṃ vissajjetvā kāyena vuṭṭhitāyāti ettha idha sambādho, ‘amukamhi ṭhāne karissāmā’ti hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvāpi gacchanti ce, natthi doso. Kiñcāpi natthi, tā pana hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvāva gacchanti, ayaṃ payogo’’ti. ‘‘Rattipārivāsiye uposathapavāraṇāva na vaṭṭati, aññakammaṃ pana vaṭṭati. Uposathapavāraṇāpi anuposathapavāraṇadivase na vaṭṭanti, itaraṃ sabbakālaṃ vaṭṭati. Parisapārivāsiye hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā catūsu gatesu catuvaggakaraṇīye aññasmiṃ pañcasu dasasu vīsatīsu gatesu sesehi visuṃ tahiṃ tahiṃ gantvāpi puna sannipātaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Ajjhāsayapārivāsiye hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā yathānisinnāva nisinnā ce, puna kātuṃ vaṭṭati hatthapāsassa avijahitattā’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Tesaṃ porāṇānaṃ matena chandapārivāsiyamevekaṃ na vaṭṭatīti āpannaṅgañca dassitaṃ, idhāpi taṃ visuṃ na dassitaṃ asambhavatoti eke. Chandadāyake parisaṃ patvā gate tassa pubbachandadānaṃ chandapārivāsiyanti no takkoti ācariyo.
于此可得结论:关于众别住者,义注中说“(若说)‘我们去他处’而不舍弃欲便起立……作羯磨可行”的语句中,并未明了显示舍弃手臂范围。然而,此处应仅求羯磨所及者不舍弃手臂范围,古注疏中作如是说。虽不明显,但能否因其未遮止便视为可行?不能,因为已遮止。如何遮止?所谓“欲”,是指羯磨所及之比丘们于同一界内集会时到来,而非对未集会者而言。这里确实说了“不舍弃欲”及“因欲之未舍弃”,但未说“不舍弃意乐”及“因意乐之未舍弃”。因此,欲之不舍弃,仅因羯磨所及者不舍弃手臂范围而成立,而非舍弃;此义已决。显示巴利原文
Tatridaṃ sanniṭṭhānaṃ – parisapārivāsiye aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘aññatra gacchāmāti chandaṃ avissajjetvāva uṭṭhahanti…pe… kammaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttavacane hatthapāsā vijahanaṃ na paññāyati. Ettha pana kammappattānaṃ hatthapāsassa avijahanameva icchitabbanti katvā porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi na paññāyati, appaṭikkhittattā pana vaṭṭatīti ce? Na, paṭikkhittattā. Kathaṃ? Chando nāma kammappattesu bhikkhūsu ekasīmāya sannipatitesu āgacchati, nāsannipatitesu. Idha hi ‘‘chandaṃ avissajjetvā’’ti ca ‘‘chandassa pana avissaṭṭhattā’’ti ca vuttaṃ. ‘‘Ajjhāsayaṃ avissajjetvā’’ti ca ‘‘ajjhāsayassa avissaṭṭhattā’’ti ca na vuttaṃ, tasmā chandassa avissajjanaṃ kammappattānaṃ hatthapāsāvijahaneneva hoti, na vijahaneti siddhaṃ.
此处有偈颂:显示巴利原文
Hoti cettha –
因有比丘前来,为遮止其缺席;
因此,当比丘众集会时,以其破坏之故。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yato āgamanaṃ yassa, tadabhāvassa niggahe; Tasmā sannipatitesu, bhikkhūsu tassa bhedato’’ti.
正如隔夜别住者的欲、隔夜别住者的清净那样,依此类推,明日的欲、清净或自恣,以此进行僧羯磨是允许的。然而,布萨与自恣若在非布萨日进行,则不被允许;除此之外,则允许。在十四日举行十五日的布萨,这是允许的,因为是合宜之时。但在十五日举行十四日的布萨,则不被允许,因为不是合宜之时,因为非布萨日,且是月朔日——有些老师这样说。因此,依他们的见解,在第三或第七个十五日举行十四日的布萨是不允许的。然而,在此注疏中说:‘若原定举行十四日布萨,而改为在十五日举行,是允许的。’对此,他们这样解释:‘意思是,在十五日当天约定“将举行十四日布萨”,次日将自己的布萨作为“十五日”布萨而举行,是允许的。’他们的这种见解——‘若有如是因缘,在其他十四日举行布萨也是允许的’——与《犹豫度疑注》中的这句话:‘若有如是因缘,在其他十五日举行十四日的布萨是允许的’(《疑惑度疑注·因缘解说》)并不相符。因为那里并未说‘在其他十五日举行十四日布萨是允许的’。即便如此,由于在‘每半月于十四日或十五日’所开许的日子中,六个十四日中的最后一个十五日并非非布萨日,这是成立的。如是成立。显示巴利原文
Rattipārivāsiyachando viya rattipārivāsiyapārisuddhipīti tadanulomena vaṭṭati svātanāya chando vā pārisuddhi vā pavāraṇā vā, tāya kammaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Uposathapavāraṇā pana anuposathadivase na vaṭṭati, itaraṃ vaṭṭati. Pannarasiuposathaṃ cātuddasiyaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati khettattā. Na cātuddasiuposathaṃ pannarasiyaṃ akhettattā anuposathadivasattā pāṭipadadivasattāti ekacce ācariyā, tasmā tesaṃ matena cātuddasiuposathaṃ tatiyaṃ, sattamaṃ vā pannarasiyaṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ panettha vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘sace cātuddasikaṃ uposathaṃ karissāmāti nisinnā, pannarasoti kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tato ‘‘pannarasiyameva ‘cātuddasikaṃ uposathaṃ karissāmā’ti nisinnā punadivase attano taṃ uposathaṃ ‘pannaraso’ti kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti attho’’ti evaṃ pariharanti, taṃ tesaṃ mataṃ ‘‘tathārūpapaccaye sati aññasmimpi cātuddase uposathaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. nidānavaṇṇanā) iminā mātikāṭṭhakathāvacanena na sameti. Na hi tattha ‘‘aññasmimpi pannarase cātuddasikaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ santepi ‘‘sakiṃ pakkhassa cātuddase vā pannarase vā’’ti anuññātadivase pariyāpannattā channaṃ cātuddasikānaṃ pacchimā pannarasī anuposathadivaso na hotīti siddhaṃ hoti. Kiñcāpi siddhaṃ, iminā pana ‘‘āvāsikānaṃ pannaraso, āgantukānaṃ cātuddaso, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ samasamehi vā appatarehi vā anuvattitabba’’nti vacanamettha niratthakaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ.
九、伞履品释义显示巴利原文
9. Chattupāhanavaggavaṇṇanā
十一、第十一等学处之释显示巴利原文
11. Ekādasamādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
1214 所谓“依近处而说”,即记为“十二肘为近处”。显示巴利原文
1214.Upacāraṃ sandhāya kathitanti ‘‘dvādasahatthaṃ upacāro’’ti likhitaṃ.
1221 在经中,请得许可后,询问律或阿毗达摩——此处,因三藏各以其自名被宣说,故表明“阿毗达摩实为佛陀所说”。显示巴利原文
1221.Suttante okāsaṃ kārāpetvā vinayaṃ vā abhidhammaṃ vā pucchatīti ettha ca tīṇi piṭakāni attano attano nāmena vuttānīti katvā abhidhammo buddhena bhāsito evāti dīpitaṃ hoti.
1224-5 "胸"与"腹"合称为"胸腹"。古注中说:"僧祇支衣的尺寸,横向为二肘半。"许多写本中作"进入无围墙之村的近处时",如同在桑喀地谢沙篇中,少数写本作"越过近处时",那才是正确的读法。注疏中说:"'越过围绕'者,以一脚越过时犯恶作,以第二脚越过时犯波逸提。于近处亦同此法。"此语也表明读法应为"越过近处时",并非推论——老师如此说。显示巴利原文
1224-5. Thano ca udaro ca thanudarā. ‘‘Saṃkaccikāya pamāṇaṃ tiriyaṃ diyaḍḍhahatthā’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantiyā’’ti bahūsu potthakesu, saṅghādisesakaṇḍe viya ‘‘upacāraṃ atikkamantiyā’’ti pāṭho appakesu, sova pāṭho. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘parikkhepaṃ atikkamantiyāti ekena pādena atikkante dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyena pācittiyaṃ. Upacārepi eseva nayo’’ti vacanampi ‘‘upacāraṃ atikkamantiyā’’ti pāṭhoti dīpetīti no takkoti ācariyo.
结论解释显示巴利原文
Nigamanavaṇṇanā
山顶集会等,因其被说为"无心的世间所呵责",故即使不知"这是舞蹈"或"这是香",仅由观看或涂抹即犯,以不知事物之心而成为无心犯。若知"这是舞蹈"或"这是香"而观看、涂抹,则唯因其不善而成为世间所呵责。盗贼起立等,因需以"这是盗贼"等知事物而作时方具犯相,故为有心犯。财物等,唯以不善心即绝对不许可,故为制定所呵责。文中写道:"在此,有心无心不应依制戒的知与不知来判定,而应依事物的知与不知。"然而复注中说:"山顶集会等,因其被说为'无心的世间所呵责',故不以'舞'、'桑喀尼'或'香'之名了知,即:观看魔术师的魔术、头巾等而加以辨别时,为了念珠等用途将桑喀尼系于腰时,以'我要除去汗臭而作佛陀供养'的念头涂香沐浴时,因具犯相,以不知事物之心连同名称或以仅知名的方式,称为无心犯。并非在黑暗中,起了'这是腰带'的想法取用桑喀尼系于腰时,或起了'这是泥土'的想法取香涂抹时,因其仍具犯相,也应说为'无心犯'。然而那时实际上是无犯的,因此在将桑喀尼视为非桑喀尼的想法中,圣典也没有说'犯波逸提'。正如以'因田野病缘,持腰带'的语句,即使无不善心,也可以持用桑喀尼等,这已成立;如是,显示巴利原文
Giraggasamajjādīni ‘‘acittakāni lokavajjānī’’ti vuttattā ‘‘nacca’’nti vā ‘‘gandho’’ti vā ajānitvāpi dassanena, vilimpanena vā āpajjanato vatthuajānanacittena acittakāni. ‘‘Nacca’’nti vā ‘‘gandho’’ti vā jānitvā passantiyā, vilimpantiyā ca akusalattā eva lokavajjāni. Corivuṭṭhāpanādīni ‘‘corī’’tiādinā vatthuṃ jānitvā karaṇe eva āpattisabbhāvato sacittakāni. Upasampadādīnaṃ ekantena akusalacitteneva akattabbattā paṇṇattivajjāni. ‘‘Idha sacittakācittakatā paṇṇattijānanājānanatāya aggahetvā vatthujānanājānanatāya gahetabbā’’ti likhitaṃ. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘giraggasamajjādīni ‘acittakāni lokavajjānī’ti vuttattā ‘nacca’nti vā ‘saṅghāṇī’ti vā ‘gandho’ti vā tassa nāmavasena ajānitvā māyākārassa māyāni sīsaṭṭhiādīni paṭisaṅkhāya passantiyā, akkhamālādiatthāya saṅghāṇiṃ kaṭiyā bandhantiyā, ‘sedagandhaṃ apanetvā buddhapūjaṃ karissāmī’ti uppannena cittena gandhaṃ vilimpetvā nahāyantiyā ca āpattisabbhāvato nāmena saddhiṃ nāmavasena vā vatthussa ajānanacittena acittakāni nāma. Na andhakāre ‘kaṭisuttamida’nti saññāya saṅghāṇiṃ gahetvā kaṭiyaṃ dhāraṇakāle, mattikāsaññāya ca gandhaṃ gahetvā vilimpanakāle āpattisabbhāvato ‘acittakānī’ti vattabbāni. Tasmiṃ kāle anāpatti, teneva saṅghāṇiyā asaṅghāṇisaññāvārepi ‘āpatti pācittiyassā’ti pāḷi na vuttā. Yathā ‘khettaābādhapaccayā, kaṭisuttakaṃ dhāretī’ti vacanato vināpi akusalena saṅghāṇiādīni sakkā dhāretunti siddhaṃ, evaṃ ābādhapaccayā vināpi akusalena na sakkā suraṃ pātunti siddhaṃ ‘anāpatti ābādhapaccayā majjaṃ pivatī’ti pāḷiyā abhāvato. Akusalena vinā madhupuṇṇamuṭṭhiyaṃ pakkhittamajjassa ajjhoharaṇakālādīsu surāpānāpattiṃ āpajjatīti ca siddhaṃ ‘majje amajjasaññī pivati, āpatti pācittiyassā’ti (pāci. 328) vuttattā. Kiṃbahunā, kāmabhogasaññāya saddhiṃ ‘saṅghāṇī’ti ca ‘gandho’ti ca jānitvā vinā anāpattikāraṇena dhārentiyā ekantākusalattā lokavajjāni nāma vuccanti. Iminā upāyena sesesupi nayo netabbo. Ettha surāpānādhikāre upatissattheravādo’’ti vuttaṃ. Asaṃkaccikasikkhāpade ‘‘aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantiyāti pāṭho’’ti ca ‘‘paṇītabhojanaviññatti, acelakasikkhāpadaṃ, nimantitassa cārittāpajjanaṃ, duṭṭhullappaṭicchādanaṃ, ūnavīsativassupasampadaṃ, mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya addhānagamanaṃ, rājantepurappavesanaṃ, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmappavesanaṃ, nisīdanaṃ, vassikasāṭikanti pāṭho’’ti ca vuttaṃ.